whet othe are eteteoune Phytera’ ie NP PPnPD tr ob ela Atinds Lathe lap jane be Lenin: ele! plete aivge of wee SSinteet ae ‘ tate dye atte he iphete Si het aang Niet. 4 aanainaiasaliel audseieeeys S008 nekteearess eaeeetses var pris 4 Tilhgees sa Pepe pene! ieee 1st eats te selta +7 He Paiute ett et a eteanto oh ther tetas e fe veRane hel at ab Pabst } ae Peres adatenedy tela Raney tt Piston} gat age he ame V0] at ” Feety vial he Bieta 13 that ate idan eae E yatedata a! dethetaneararey ra SeAvian Phbe pear hy anol bat favuepentu a a ates siatetes ants aetete ine +8 ie Ab terys etnies ie) Cas * Steneieees Ay Tanpiinet eects vented? set Sieeabat ertetaets Ke ti heat aa Hae < ern iad eh reowe!! pd inanen aeeneds af Sedge ale Te lat chekamand lesiae'le ot A iedeiedatee o ti iia ai wiki att eiveder ene t ery +e an mi Ki 1") he’ fit eaaaia et atailtat sai, Pha ane | ae Mitts viet das a apataee ete raaetd Papert deli tan i fatidet sOeae pits Salen rt Weal lathes fi baa thie rats sot aha rede 14 bematt papey saa aiid be we deta gana’ Vale aise + pan) a lee l@ tastdans ry : ath ae eet adieapnias i te hi area ‘ 4e eo giid tae adits ai) 4B ie . 4 arene vigiihal lets! y ran 4 aeeit Bieta re. ht re Henge le err Dory pie sete 4a!) aM Wait artnet Ay ad att reel ‘ halt eee ened iyi eeleatie ritore oe woes eee edgtety iatey tity ath 4 pak anette pas 4 7 Lana prbespit Hever te ete eres adudsf edi tatu ate el inert aterjate shat brane 4g eed tte ybelbeceran ghee +136 1 faq 4s e@ a dea anette ee al! ates er it + in a tov rey) ate sek poh Hale aiesgty Dod yt) haha! 4 iia voliitiekerds Hye eiet rye theeer ed regnnses aig as “iy " wt wisi yateriae he ' yh ad bie he tets 4ysa Hoe aio Porprern res We etelal en eurrror 1 ‘wae tala ie ig te sone intijon at bose edited ie aap hats vod aagieye ee aCe Ly Aemiiee 4 + if bh ltiesied Tisianeaie te ta letet det la betaye test Hearty LAL RAAT ES dvthelhede he helt te a seedatenediaeaee eyeanle 4 + shone ‘ 44 4 leit oa ae pAyrrid yt) Lib eTaboneid ye mehr Silsiteace Aeration ne a ey tat hs + eeantge sinha A pieet tele de hte Us Lee Lal atralartedes ae ae teeter, pede aie eiealt Attar dove “ 4) be erent at a sana renin « iy tear ienestots mete tala ent Titgi@ Pith tay yeeddaeate Sida ra aie it vaea yt Jeie7eete mh ae honed avert sibel yaoi gate Hil isis ta i peace ce as por ‘die dy POPPTER EEL Eie Sh) ' eae nth errr sa te sieltade ys 4 sence x! Tivqearsieet rst Cay erin dys wate 4 . Had PASAY See sane vad prernimae tere ne ppoorie tree var) Pererrentyny ts jshort Chee g At He atleye coer a Weighs aubety Glebe mieues +\ a hay 4 piste stp: Nett dedqesa: atta et A Hee ee at ee hobs ta Pabeiate tent tang “ bub ib saleeuditit a4) acd eats Miata, nad ,, PivitPrPREPOR TID AUS IEA tats Diane ) saat Bien eae Miata 8 eae Oee vateatog Ah pevrrnerenioe re ruin. of) ety Weignen Hseeilsd he iba gl 9 #t # thea a) Ua dae snarls , APOE Ne * * ose h ren wha thed it ete fie tea perritrerarrisr tT) tehke “ ney, ee pete i yes bottoyst mn aa i) mpigaees oh Heated tn sermererectier treat ye on) Ah AH fiaaee sjetete Sopedare)e URL be hal Ji Meloy seek tart yd ete hreh it Soe lwana yea vy ee nn DSS inn erry ¥ wieder Ham eatdel dea leaped etune ety mae ye ime sata tneet aa masts, per ren wet orev temo ore ete tas Mate bed siden’ ate we hytas el yet Crt tor Pe en i peesensi rhe] Steet hapa 4 iveoteya it panies aed soQereter Wyne ee pares tt Fore mre agus Utah x ie ehigt Hit eys Sat ~ arte Vv pianes esa tee aren oe biStbH 4 a Sa apa Ne fa rae ee an Cotes. bit bits a, Nae we a » agen asia iM a an Fl y% Ava Le ‘ Sy iv : if Nay gt Vier ia ‘pas IE! hu if eae ; rae. | ou i \ * laeG j 4s io Miia pl ead r pone a AS H ois | Grr are t ‘ i Pte oo by ° ‘ ‘ £ ' , . ' r - : Wy - AC ‘ 5 7 : } : ' ¢ ] Fastin : | ile 7 ; ' a TY , TT tert) ga ay ; th. a *, a { VC he 7 ; 1h \> sae es i ‘ : : 1a ae wy iz + 1 +3 j Pa : ; Uy ae ce) * pase - } o5 ‘ HA i. ; GY./Y THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’) CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.1S. wr ~~ VOL. Lv. —SEVENTH | SERIES . oy .<: as == s/s eee 378 XLIV. Note on the Beech-Marten and Badger of Crete. By Gch. BARR ETT-HAML TON) c4 site fete vaso © er 383 XLV. On a new Species of Tamas from Eastern Siberia. By LE BONOTE. Saris Se AE eho uae, avekeaene fete sue ane) a ighel nit Coleone 385 CONTENTS. Pave XLVI. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.— VIII. The New Mexico Bees of the Genus Bombus. By ED) A. CocKERELL and Witmatrr Porter JG WIA UO AC OMIONC CR CoC SOR DRCy Ce yet Ce CAI New Book :—The Geography of Mammals. By W. L. Scrater, M.A., F.Z.S., and P. L. Scrater, M.A., Pi, Res: On the Histology of the Alimentary Canal in the Larva of Chirono- mus plumosus, by P. Vignon BESS Sih ae oie Beh 6 )Le ee o te pmL et elie i's e..6 16! aj fete w bie) eh 6 NUMBER XXIV. XLVITI. On some Land-Mollusks from Java, with Description of a new Species. By Watrer E, Coutinas, F.Z.S., Mason Uni- versity College, Birmingham. (Plates VII. & VAIL.) XLVIII. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.— VII. Observations on Bees, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species, By T. D. A. CockerEett and WitMATrE PoRTER rr ry eee eee XLIX. Rhynchotal Notes.—III. Heteroptera : Discocephaline and Pentatomine (part.). By W. L. Distant Ce ee ee Ye L. A Contribution to the History of the Carboniferous Ganoid, Benedenius dencensis, Traquair, with Notes on Two newly-discovered Specimens. By G. A. BouLenanr, F.R.S. (Plates IX. & X.).... LI. Descriptions of Three new Reptiles and a new Batrachian from Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo. By G. A. BouLenceEr, F.R.S LII. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. P. O, Simons in the Andes of Ecuador. By G. A. BouLeNnGEr, LE US shits wn Misia Ree atin aio C07) amen ES ede LIT. New Species of Cladophyllia, Prionastrea, and Stylina. By Pe OEnKGonY, Dice, PGS.” ioe, -. ch a eee he ee LIV. Description of Conus (Cylinder) clytospira, sp. n., from the Arabian Sea. By Jamus Cosmo MeExvitt, M.A., F.LS., and RoBERT STANDEN New Books:—The History of the European Fauna. By R. F. Scuarrr, B.Sc., Ph.D, Keeper of the Natural History Col- lections, Science and Art Museum, Dublin.—On Buds and Stipules. By the Right Hon. Sir Joun LusBgocx, Bart., M.P., EES. DO. BEY icin Spaeietntthots Sater ae aie ae Grats 463, Proceedings of the Geological Society ..............4... »+». 466, MNGWOXS tas ey: ee iss Oe ee) eles es 6 6 « CACC ICSE ET TASC CRC UCI oD ar YC! 4} 397 445 454 457 461 464 467 468 PLATES IN VOL. IV. PuaTE I. | New Mollusca. JOBE IV. Ceroplastes africanus and C. ceriferus. V. Pereionotus testudo and Jeeropsis Dollfusi. VI. Species of Phyllophora. Vu. Land-Mollusks from Java. VIII. ae Benedenius deneensis. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES. } sete acencacensceeise per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circtim vitreos considite fontes: Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’ N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Bel. 1, No. 19. JULY 1899. I.—On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of others. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. THE present paper is the sixteenth of a series on the Histeride published in this Magazine, and contains descriptions of twenty-eight new species, with notices of others which an increasing knowledge of the family renders desirable. To show some important characters of certain Saprini I give first an outline of the prosternal keels and tibia of Saprinus cruciatus, F. (fig. 1), S. maculatus, Rossi (fig. 2), and S. nttidulus, Payk. (fig. 3), and for comparison figures of the same parts of two species of Gnathoncus. Fig. 4 represents G‘. rotundatus, Kugel, fig. 5 G. nannetensis, Mars., and of the first an outline of the mandible is also given. Figs. 6 and 7 show the corresponding details in Hypocaccus 4-striatus, Hoffm., and rugifrons, Payk., respectively ; and fig. 8 exhibits the form of the keel, anterior tibie, and man- dible of Pachylopus maritimus, Steph. The side views given of the keels show that those of S. maculatus and cruciatus continue anteriorly on the same plane as the base, and the other large species, such as S. semipunctatus, F., rasselas, Mars., splendidus, Payk., and viridanus, Lew., are formed Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 1 4 Mr. G. Lewis on Figs. 1-8. Saprinus cruciatus, F. Saprinus maculatus, Rossi. 4 — 7 = Saprinus nitidulus, Payk. Gnathoncus rotundatus, Kugel. 5 Gnathoncus nannetensis, Mars. Hypocaceus 4-striatus, Hoffm, 8 Hypocaceus rugifrons, Payk. Pachylopus maritimus, Steph. new Species of Uisteride. 3 in the same way; but in Hypocaccus the keel is depressed anteriorly, and in Pachylopus the depression is much more marked, as shown in fig. 8. In Pachylopus and Hypocaccus there is another character in common to all the species, the anterior tibial denticulations are more or less diaphanous at the tips (fig. 8) ; but the principal character which separates these genera from Saprinus is the transverse head and frontal carina. Thomson founded the genus Hypocaccus in 1867 (Skand. Col. ix. p. 400), taking as the type Saprinus 4-striatus, Hoffm. His generic characters are :— “ Frons antice linea transversa elevata a clypeo discreta. Man- dibulze angulo inferiore dorsali elevato-marginato. Labrum apice truncatum. ‘Tibiz posteriores spinis validis inter denticulos im- mixtis, antice calcari vix discreto. LElytra apice immarginata, stria marginali discreta, vix in epipleuris sita. Prosterni line longitudinales antrorsum conniventes, approximate, postice subito divergentes.” Thomson’s genus is a natural one, and the species he assigns to it agree rather with Pachylopus than with either Saprinus or Gnathoncus. But Thomson’s generic character “ elytra apice immarginata”’ must be modified to admit Saprinus apricarius, Kr., S. consputus, Mars., and others into the genus, in which the sutural stria is continued along the apical margin. By doing this about forty species may be conve- niently placed in Hypocaccus. I believe that Saprinus macu- latus, semipunctatus, splendens, and others seek their food in carrion and vegetal refuse, and live more or less on the surface of the ground, and in these the prosternum has a flat keel ; while the species of Pachylopus and Hypocaccus burrow in the sand to the depth of some inches, and the shape of the keel, sharpened off anteriorly, must greatly facilitate this action. The Saprini may soon require revision; but I think the best lineal arrangement of the genera now recognized is as follows :—Saprinus, type nitidulus, Payk.; Cheliowenus, type xerobates, Hubb.; Gunathoncus, type rotundatus, Kugel ; Saprinodes, type falcifer, Lew.; Puchylopus, type dispar, Hr. ; Hypocaccus, type 4-striatus, Hoffm. ; Xenonychus, type tridens, Jacq. Duv. ; and Myrmetes piceus, Payk. Through the kindness of Mr. A. M. Lea I have received a series of Australian species; some of these are from the duplicates of the Macleay Museum and others are from Mr. Lea’s own collection. When any reference to these is made in the text it is followed by anumber which corresponds to one in Mr. Lea’s “ Note-book.’’» 1# 4 Mr. G. Lewis on List of Species. Phylloma angulare. Hister striola, Sahlb. Hololepta Mastersi, Macleay. sessilis. levigata, Guér. Carcinops prasinus. Apobletes solutus. Stictotix Lez. mundus. —— frontalis, Macleay. —— almeide. Paromalus niponensis, Platysoma satzume. mendicus, Lew. —— latimarginatum, Tribalus Lez. —— bipunctatum. —— tropicus, Lew. Phelister nigropunctatus. Saprinus viridanus. Pachycrerus czruleatus. inversus. pullus, Gerst. Saprinodes falcifer, Lew. Chalcurgus brevipennis, Lew. Hypocaccus ainu. Omalodes tuberosus. rufipes, Payk. Campylorhabdus singularis, Sch. rubricilliz. Hister nigrita, Fr. rubricatus. —— saginatus. Trypeticus meridianus. colonicus. Pygoccelis usambicus, Kolbe. —— tinctus. Teretriosoma latirostre. —— striatipectus. Epiechinus tasmani. —— crenatifrons. Phylloma angulare, sp. n. Oblongum, subconvexum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte leviter impressa ; mandibulis extus angulatis, intus dentatis; elytris 2-striatis, striis perspicuis sed brevibus, haud appendiculatis; propygidio conspicue bifoveolato, parce circumpunctato ; pygidio dense punctato, cum margine postice levi. L. 74 mill. (absque mandibulis). Oblong, rather narrow, little convex, black and shining; the head slightly impressed anteriorly, with two short faint strie, seen only in certain lights, very feebly punctulate in the region of the impression; mandibles obtusely but con- spicuously angulate on the middle of the outer edge, inner edges each with a single tooth; the thorax transverse, lateral marginal stria feebly sinuous before the basal angle, basal edge scarcely sinuous; the elytra, lateral fossa rather short and abbreviated at the base and posteriorly continued as a fine stria nearly to the apical angle, the first stria is well marked and as long asa fourth part of the elytron, the second is similar in distinctness but shorter, there is no appendage ; the propygidium is conspicuously bifoveolate posteriorly and encircled by punctures, punctures most marked within the foveee; the pygidium densely punctate, with the posterior margin smooth; the prosternum is obtusely angulate behind and widens out anteriorly to an angle behind the cox, and from the angle it narrows again to a point beyond the coxe ; new Species of Histerides. 5 the mesosternum is widely sinuous behind the prosternal keel, and on each side it is distinctly angulate, the angles are striate at the edge and within the striz on either side is a small depression or shallow fovea ; the anterior tibiz are 4-dentate, 2 apical teeth are obtuse and close together and have a common base. The oblong rather narrow outline of this species and the form of the mandibles distinguish it from the ten other species assigned to Phylloma. Hab. Rio Dogua, Colombia (W. F. H. Rosenberg). One example. Hololepta Mastersi, Macleay. Palas Mastersi, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii. p. 157 (1871). I formerly considered (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xi. p. 418, 1893) that this species was identical with H. szd- nensis, Mars., 1860; but having lately received examples of both sexes from Mr. A. M. Lea, I find this is an error. Both species are of the same size and closely similar, but in Hi. Mastersi the male has a carina on the mentum, the thorax is impunctate, and the marginal thoracic stria is much less conspicuous in both sexes. Hololepta levigata, Guér. Hololepta levigata, Guér. Voy. Bélanger, Zool. p. 482, t. ii. fig. 4 (1884). This species is entered in the Munich Catalogue as a species of Plasius, but it is a Hololepta, and a reference to Plesius levigatus, Mars., is placed after it as though it were the same insect. I think H. levigata, Guér., is the same species as Hololepta procera, Hir., also described in 1834. I transcribe Guérin’s diagnosis, which agrees with Hrichson’s species in belonging to a Hololeptu with a frontal tubercle. Hololepta procera, Hr., was found by M. Mouhot in Siam, and it may therefore occur in Coromandel. It is common in Java and Sumatra, and perhaps M. Bélanger made an error in recording the locality. Guérin’s diagnosis is :— “ H, nigra, nitida; corpore depresso, plano, oblongo, capite levi- gato, tuberculato ; mandibulis validis, inermibus, capite longi- oribus ; thorace levigato, transverso, antice profunde emarginato ; elytris thorace longioribus, lateribus marginatis, levigatis, linea abbreviata humerali; abdomine vage punctato; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis, intus basi unidentatis. “T., 15 mill., lat..7 mill.” Hab. Coromandel (Lélanger). 6 Mr. G. Lewis on Apobletes solutus, sp. n. Oblongo-ovalis, depressiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte concava, stria integra antice tenuiter impressa; pronoto lateribus punctato, - stria laterali pone oculos minute interrupta; elytris striis 1-3 — integris, 4 et 5 apicalibus; propygidio pygidioque punctatis ; mesosterno late sinuato, marginato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. L. 32 mill, Oblong-oval, rather depressed, black, shining ; the head, forehead concave, surface finely not thickly punctulate, stria complete, transverse portion rather fine, but it is deep over the eyes, before the eyes the edge is prominent and in front of the projection the edge is bisinuous; the thorax, lateral stria rather strong and close to the edge, and it is disconnected behind the eye with the stria behind the neck, which is straight and crenulate on either side ; the sides of the thorax have a band of scattered punctures ; the elytra, strie, there is a very fine oblique humeral close to the base of the first stria, 1-3 complete and all turn feebly inwards at the base, 4 apical and not quite a third of the elytral length, 5 indicated by two or three punctures, sutural wanting; the propygidium with two rather large shallow fovex on either side behind, mode- rately punctured, punctures most conspicuous in the fovee ; the pygidium somewhat similarly punctured and very feebly impressed on either side; the prosternum, anterior lobe micro- scopically strigose, the strigosities ending at the suture, and there are a few punctures scattered over the surface, the keel gradually shelves off at the sides and the want of sculpture on it is conspicuous as compared with the anterior lobe ; the mesosternum is very widely sinuous anteriorly, with a rather deep marginal stria which stops abruptly before the base ; the metasternum has an independent lateral stria; the anterior tibize 4-dentate. ‘This species is similar to A. parensis, Mars., but parensis is larger and has no frontal stria. The elytral stria and the fovex of the pygidium and other small characters also distin- guish it. Hab, Brazil (H. H. Smith). Apobletes mundus, sp. n. Oblongo-ovatus, complanatus, piceus, nitidus; fronte tenuissime punctulata, haud striata, basi utrinque breviter sulcata ; pronoto marginato ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi abbreviata, 5 sutu- ralique apicalibus ; propygidio sparse grosse punctato; prosterno mesosternoque haud striatis. L, 23-22 mill. new Species of Histeride, 7 Oblong-oval, flat, piceous, shining; the head, surface even, with extremely fine evenly scattered punctures, at the base on either side are two short furrows, it is angulate on the sides over the eyes and very minutely bisinuous before the angle; the thorax with similar punctures to those of the head, mar- ginal stria complete and close to the edge; the elytra, striae 1-3 complete, 4 shortened at the base, 5 apical, dimidiate, and very feebly oblique, sutural half the length of the fifth only, being shortened apically, it is also slightly oblique ; both humeral striz are wanting; the propygidium has some shallow punctures along its base, and a very few similar points are scattered irregularly over the surface ; the pygidium has relatively large punctures, also irregular, but more closely set together; the prosternum is without strie; the meso- sternum is very widely emarginate, also without a stria; the metasternum has a lateral stria, but the suture between it and the mesosternum is scarcely visible; the anterior tibiz 4-dentate. Hab. ‘‘Usambara, Derema, 850 m. December, 1891. Condrat, 8.” In the Berlin Museum and my own collection. Apobletes almeide, sp. n. Oblongus, parallelus, depressiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte fere plana, antice haud striata, punctulata; pronoto stria marginali integra; elytris striis 1-2 et 4 completis, 5 apicali brevissima, suturali basi multo abbreviata, paulum obliqua; propygidio pygidioque irregulariter punctatis; prosterno bistriato, striis anticis divergentibus. L, 22 mill. Oblong, parallel, rather depressed ; forehead slightly uneven, without a transverse stria, but marginate over the eyes, surface sparingly punctulate; the thorax punctulate very similarly to the head, but the punctures more distinctly vary in size, hind angles rectangular, anterior obtuse, marginal stria laterally close to the edge, but behind the neck it is further from the margin; along the basal edge there is a row of punctures, but they do not meet before the scutellum; the elytra, strie 1, 2, 4 complete, 3 broken or evanescent in the middle, 5 consists of a very short apical line, the sutural is apical but reaches beyond the middle of the dorsum, and is not parallel to the suture, but gradually widens slightly from it to the apex, the apical border has a few fine punctures; the propygidium is nairowly transverse, with scattered points of varying sizes ; the pygidium is semicircular in outline, with a shallow depression on either side at the base, and reund the 8 Mr. G. Lewis on depressions the outer edge is thickened and raised, the surface punctuation is the same as that of the propygidium ; the pro- sternum bistriate, striz not joining behind, diverging widely before the coxze and curved inwards at the tips; the meso- sternum is widely sinuous, almost from angle to angle, the marginal stria is complete, and on either side of the sinuosity the margin is widened and thickened; anterior tibia 4-0- dentate, with tarsal grooves shallow and nearly straight. The genus Apobdletes, as at present constituted, is not capable of exact definition ; in both this species and A. lati- usculus, Sch., the tarsal grooves are shallow and nearly straight, and in two species of the allied genus Platysoma from Madagascar the grooves are similarly formed, viz. P. Richtert, Sch., and P. quadricolle, Lew. Hab. Madagascar, “‘ Andrangoloaka, alt. 1600 m. 0.58. O. de Tananarive.”’ Platysoma satzume, sp. n. Ovale, convexiusculum, nigrum, nitidum; antennis pedibusque rufo-piceis ; fronte leviter impressa, stria transversa subarcuata ; pronoto anguste marginato; elytris striis 1 et 3 integris, 2 basi abbreviata, 4-5 apicalibus ; propygidio pygidioque profunde punc- tatis. L. 4 mill. Oval, somewhat convex, black, shining; the head feebly impressed anteriorly, stria complete and transversely feebly bowed; the thorax a little arched anteriorly, angles some- what obtuse, lateral stria well-marked, close to the edge, and continued behind the head ; the elytra, striz 1 and 3 complete, 2 a little shortened at the base, 4 apical but just passing the middle, 5 apical but only reaching the middle, sutural wanting ; the propygidium is coarsely punctured (very similarly to P. confucii, Mars.) ; the pygidium is more deeply punctured and the punctures are larger and relatively a little less close, the posterior rim is smooth ; the prosternum, keel narrow and without striw; the mesosternum is rather widely emarginate in front, stria complete, but at the emargination it is very close to the edge, laterally it continues down the meta- sternum ; the anterior tibiz are 5-dentate. This species in outline is rather more oval than P. sin- ccrum, Sch., but otherwise the general form is similar. It also resembles P. solitarium, elingue, and uniforme, Lew., espe- cially in the thoracic marginal stria being close and parallel to the edge. Hab. Higo and Satzuma, 8. Japan. new Species of Histeride. 9 Platysoma latimarginatum, sp. n. Oblongum, subparallelum, depressum, rufo-brunneum ; fronte leviter impressa, minutissime punctulata, stria integra; pronoto, stria marginali integra, laterali a margine valde distante antice abbre- viata ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-6 apicalibus; prosterno bi- striato, angustato ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. L. 3 mill. Oblong, rather parallel, depressed, reddish brown; the head, surface with an extremely fine punctuation, not dense, stria complete and fine and widely straight anteriorly ; the thorax, marginal stria somewhat carinate and passes the posterior angle, behind the head it leaves the edge and is obscurely crenulate, there is an inner lateral stria some distance from the margin which leaves a very wide interstice, the stria touches the base but is shortened anteriorly at a point in a line with the back of the head, this stria is broad and bends inwards in the middle; the elytra, stria, external humeral complete, inner humeral wanting, 1-3 rather fine and complete, 4-5 apical and almost reaching the middle, sutural longer than the last two and just passing beyond the middle; there are microscopic punctures on the thorax and elytra; the pro- pygidium has a few large, shallow, and irregular punctures with minute points intermixed ; the pygidium is very similar, but the large irregular punctures are transversely disposed near the base; the prosternum, keel narrow, surface with a few minute punctures, bistriate, strie looped together at the base, outside the striz the prosternum is minutely strigose, lobe rather wide and distinctly punctured, base semicircular in outline ; the mesosternum emarginate, with a short stria on each side at the angles, within these short striae there is the usual mesosternal marginal stria, which follows the course of the emargination, and then, leaving the edge, passes some- what obliquely along the side of the metasternum ; the ante- rior tibiee are 3-dentate. Resembles Platysoma constrictum, Lew. Hab. Forest Reefs, New South Wales (Lea, 1248). Platysoma bipunctatum, sp. n. Oblongum, subparallelum, depressum, rufo-brunneum ; pronoto stria laterali integra, utrinque nigro bipunctato; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 apicalibus, dimidiatis, suturali nulla; prosterno bi- striato ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis. L. 3 mill. Oblong, rather parallel, depressed, reddish brown; the head 10 Mr. G. Lewis on very minutely and sparsely punctulate, stria complete, bowed laterally, nearly straight in front, vertex feebly impressed ; the thorax, marginal stria very fine, lateral also very fine, it widens out a little in the median area, and, although very fine, continues round the basal angle, on each side not far from the margin and as near the middle as possible is a small black spot; the elytra, strie 1-3 complete, 4-5 dimidiate and exactly equal in length, there is no sutural; the pygidia are punctured like those of P. latimarginatum. Beneath, this species is almost exactly the same as the last, except that the surface of the prosternum on either side of the keel is less conspicuously strigose and there are no short strie at the mesosternal angles; the anterior tibie are 5-dentate, basal tooth very small. This and the preceding species with P. constrictum, Lew., constitute a type of Platysoma peculiar to Australia. The prosternal anterior lobe is very prominent in all the three species. Hab. Forest Reefs, New South Wales (Lea, 1244). Phelister nigropunctatus, sp. n. Ovalis, convexiusculus, rufo-brunneus, nitidus; pronoto utrinque nigro-punctato; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 et suturali basi abbreviatis; propygidio pygidioque punctatis; tibiis anticis 4- dentatis. L, 23 mill. Oval, a little convex, rather dark reddish brown, shining ; the forehead is clearly punctulate, feebly concave, stria com- plete, carinate over the eyes, nearly straight in front; the thorax, marginal stria complete, crenulate behind the head, lateral stria fine, parallel to the marginal stria, and ter- minating just before the anterior angle, surface finely not densely punctured, near the middle but not very close to the lateral margin is a distinct but small circular black spot; the elytra, the bases are narrowly edged with black, and near the scutellum there are six or eight small black spots, and behind them the suture is dusky, the striz are crenulate, 1-4 complete, 5 and sutural reaching beyond the middle, the sutural is the longest; the propygidium and pygidium are somewhat closely punctured, punctures shallow, the pygidium has a narrow posterior rim; the prosternum, anterior lobe somewhat closely punctured, keel smooth, with two oblique strie between the coxe; the mesosternum is widely sinuous anteriorly in the middle, with a short sinuosity on either side of it; across the mesosternum is a fine arched stria, which new Species of Histeridex. 11 approaches near the edge anteriorly and terminates poste- riorly without joining the metasternal lateral stria ; the meta- sternum has a longitudinal median sulcus in the anterior area ; the anterior tibie are 4-dentate, intermediate and posterior tibia somewhat widen out gradually to the base. The tarsal grooves of this species are straight, and in this respect agree with those of Platysoma exortivum, Lew. The last Schmidt considers belongs to the genus Phelister; so until a new genus is established I follow his views. Both species are at present unique in my collection. flab, Tamworth, New South Wales (Lea, 1247). Pachycrerus ceruleatus, sp. n. Ovalis, supra parum conyexus, czruleo-metallicus ; antennis pedi- busque rufo-brunneis; clypeo impresso a fronte distincto, stria integra valida; pronoto lateribus fortius punctato, stria marginali antice interrupta; elytris striis 1-4, suturali, et humeralibus integris, 5 dimidiata; prosterno bistriato; mesosterno antice marginato ; propygidio pygidioque punctatis. L. 4 mill. The species is the same size and shape as P. cyaneus, Er., and is very similar in sculpture. It differs in the forehead being clearly punctulate, the fourth, sutural, and two humeral strie are complete (although the sutural stria is somewhat fine and vague at the base), the apices of the elytra are trans- versely punctured, and the prosternal keel is rather narrower. Hab. Matadi, Congo River (J. A. Clark). Two examples were captured amongst many dozens of P. cyaneus, Hr. Pachycrerus pullus (Gerst.). Platysoma pullum, Gerst. Archiv fiir Naturg. xxxiii. p. 31 (1867). This species closely resembles Pachycrerus tenuistriatus, Lew. 1 saw Gersticker’s type in Berlin, and I afterwards sent my type of P. tenuistriatus to Herr Kolbe for comparison with it, who has kindly sent me the following note about it:— “ P. tenuistriatus is larger, the elytra shorter, fourth stria oblique, in pud/us it is parallel to the third, the punctuation is more dispersed on the elytra and occupies but an apical quarter of them, in pudlus it occupies half.” CHALCURGUS, Kolbe. Chaleurgus, Kolbe, Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, iy. Col. p. 100 (1897). I have seen the two species, C. cyaneus and C. minor, 12 Mr. G. Lewis on assigned to this genus by Kolbe in the museum at Berlin, and it is clear that Pachycrerus brevipennis, Lew., is con- generic with them. Omalodes tuberosus, sp. n. Breviter ovatus, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte impressa, stria retrorsum acuminata; pronoto ad angulos minute punctu- lato, stria marginali integra ; elytris striis dorsalibus 1—2 integris, 3 punctiformi, humerali externa nulla, interna brevi cum prima dorsali apice connexa; pygidio propygidioque dense subtiliter punctulatis, hoc margine postico tuberculis duobus fortibus, duo- busque lateribus minus elevatis; prosterno in medio bistriato; mesosterno antice profunde emarginato et utrinque sinuato, stria marginali late interrupta; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. L. 8 mill. This species differs from O. tuberculipygus, Sch., in its shorter form, forehead impressed, not canaliculate, in wanting a sutural stria, in the prosternal stria being shorter, and, above all, by the edge of the mesosternum being sinuous on either side of the median emargination. In a type specimen of QO. tuberculipygus I have received from Herr J. Schmidt the mesosternal marginal stria is complete. Hab. Brazil (ex coll. Barton). Campylorhabdus singularis, Sch. Campylorhabdus singularis, Sch. Ent. Nachr. xv. p. 366 (1889). By the kindness of Herr H. J. Kolbe I am able to give a figure (fig. 9) of the above species. Hister mtesa, Ancey, a species very inadequately described, possibly belongs to Campylorhabdus, and, if so, it is a far more extraordinary species of the genus than C. singularis. ‘The prosternum is narrow behind the coxe, with two short unconnected strie, the mesosternum is straight and wide anteriorly and the marginal stria is almost rectangular on either side and is at some distance from the edge. On the first segment of the abdomen there is a wide transverse arched stria. The two humeral striz are complete, 1-4 and sutural are also com- plete and join at the base, 5 is apical and dimidiate. Mons. Ancey says nothing about the legs, so it may belong to another genus, but it is similar to Campylorhabdus. The particulars 1 have given of Ancey’s species are from a drawing tI made some years ago when the type specimen was kindly lent to me by the author. The type is now in Herr J. new Species of Histeride. 13 Schmidt’s collection, having been given to him by Mons. Ancey. Fig. 9. Campylorhabdus singularis, Sch. Hister nigrita, Er., has been found in Mashonaland by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall eating Onitis inuus, F., a beetle of considerable size, and it has also been found feeding on Aphodii and small Onthophagi. Fister saginatus, sp. n. Oblongo-ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus ; labro valde emar- ginato; fronte lata, stria integra; pronoto lateribus ciliato, striis externis basi abbreviatis, internis anticis interruptis ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 subintegra, 5-6 dimidiatis ; pygidio dense punctato ; mesosterno profunde emarginato, stria interrupta. L, 13 mill. Oblong-oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head, labrum transverse, anteriorly depressed in the middle, with the anterior edge narrowly but rather deeply emarginate, forehead flattish, stria somewhat fine but complete and nearly straight in front; the thorax ciliate laterally, outer lateral stria shortened at the base and anteriorly hamate and confined 14 ~ Mr. G. Lewis on to the angle, inner stria deeper and reaching the base and anteriorly it terminates behind the outer stria and is similarly hamate; the elytra, striz, inner subhumeral interrupted in the middle and shortened a little at the base, 1-3 complete, 4 shortened at the base, 5-6 approximately dimidiate; the propygidium is densely punctate laterally, punctures in the median area less close; the pygidium is wholly and densely punctate ; the prosternum, keel narrow, base spatulate, apical stria oblique, only marginal at the tip; the mesosternum is deeply emarginate, stria imterrupted in the middle (this stria is interrupted in all the closely allied species). ‘The anterior tibia are 3-dentate, apical tooth very large, inter- mediate and posterior tibize multispinose. Above, this species is very similar to HZ. robusticeps, Mars. ; but H. robusticeps, Mars., and H. fortis, Sch., differ from the species of the robustus group generally in having the anterior lobe of the prosternum marginate. In H. robustus, Er., and the species closely similar to it the prosternum is marginate only at the tip, as the stria laterally takes an oblique direc- tion, and in doing so departs from the anterior edge. Hab. ‘Tschinde, mouth of the Zambesi River. IHister colonicus, sp. n. Late ovatus, parum depressus, niger, nitidus; stria frontali integra ad oculos angulata; pronoto striis duabus lateralibus validis in- tegris ; elytriis striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi evanescenti, 5 apicali, suturali basi abbreviata; propygidio dense punctato, interstitiis longitudinaliter elevatis ; mesosterno sinuato, marginato ; tibiis anticis fortiter tridentatis. L. 7-73 mill. Broadly oval, rather depressed, black, shining ; the head, frontal stria complete and feebly sinuous in front, angulate over the eyes, mandibles broad and bidentate ; the thorax transverse, bistriate laterally, striae deep and complete, with the interstice and border convex, external hamate behind the anterior angle, which is somewhat obtuse, the marginal stria is fine and limited to the region of anterior angle, the inner is broken behind the eye but continued behind the neck, there is a very small linear scutellar puncture; the elytra, strie, outer humeral wanting, inner deep and shortened well before the base, with a fine oblique appendage on the shoulder, 1-3 strong and complete, 4 fine and evanescent (or sometimes broken) at the base, 5 apical, dimidiate, sometimes broken, sometimes twisted, sutural shortened before the base and arcuate; the propygidium is densely and coarsely punctate, new Spectes of Histeridee. 15 with ridge-like interstices somewhat longitudinally raised, especially behind the fourth and fifth strie; the pygidium similarly sculptured, except that the interstices are more irregular and less longitudinal; the prosternum, anterior lobe somewhat pointed, with two marginal striz on either side, lateral region punctured; the mesosternum is sinuous and the marginal stria complete, but it does not join the meta- sternal stria at the suture; the anterior tibie are tridentate, the apical tooth is very strong. In its general form this species resembles [H. Leseleuct, Mars. Hab. Dar-es-Salam, Dutch E. Africa. Note-—The mandibles in ister trepidus, Lew., and HH. Colensot, Lew. (1897), are bidentate in the middle of the inner edge. Hister tinctus, sp. 0. Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte foveolata, stria in- tegra; pronoto stria laterali externa basi abbreviata, interna haud interrupta; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 dimidiata, suturali subintegra ; propygidio bifoveolato; pygidio parum dense punctato ; tibiis latis. L, 63-73 mill. Oval, little convex, black, with a bluish tint on the elytra, shining; the head, forehead foveolate, like that of Mister cavifrons, Mars., surface very feebly punctulate, stria com- plete, sometimes bisinuous, sometimes straighter; the thorax, marginal stria is fine and ceases behind the eye, outer stria commences within the anterior angle and terminates before the base, inner stria is complete and crenulate behind the head and nearly reaches the base, being clearly longer than the outer stria, surface microscopically punctulate; theelytra, striz, internal subhumeral apical and reaching beyond the middle, 1-4 complete, interstice between the second and third rather wide at the base, 5 apical and not quite reaching the middle, sutural arcuate and shortened a little before and behind; the propygidium bifoveolate, not densely punctured, punctures some small and some large, intermixed; the pygidium is more evenly punctured and the punctures are more dense; the prosternum impunctate and without strie; the mesosternum rather deeply emarginate, marginal stria strong and com- plete; the tibiz, anterior 4-dentate, apical tooth bifid at the apex, intermediate and posterior multispinose. The tibize of this species are broad and the tarsi short, 16 Mr. G. Lewis on approaching in fact the form in the genus Contipus; but it is a Hister of the American type, which includes Hister cavi- Jrons and impressifrons of Marseul. It is the only species of Hister at present known with a bluish tint on the elytra. Hab. Santarem and Benevides (H. H. Smith). Twelve examples, Hister striatipectus, sp. n. Breviter ovalis, suabconvexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte leviter impressa ; pronoto stria laterali interna integra; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 interrupta, 4-5 brevissimis, suturali utrinque abbreviata ; pro- pygidio pygidioque grosse punctatis ; prosterno bistriato. L, 53 mill. Shortly oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head feebly impressed, stria complete, bisinuous anteriorly and suleate over the eyes; the thorax, inner lateral stria deep, shortened just before the base and continued behind the head, very feebly sinuous behind the eyes, outer stria short and confined to the region of the angle, marginal very fine and ceasing behind the eye; the elytra, striz, inner humeral fine, oblique and basal, outer wanting, dorsal 1-2 complete and deep, 3 basal, dimidiate, with a short apical appendage, 4-5 very short and apical, sutural dorsal, much shortened ante- riorly, rather less so behind ; the propygidium and pygidium are very coarsely punctate, punctures close but not dense, the punctures are larger than those of H. coronatus, Mars., and more closely set ; the prosternum is remarkable, it is bordered by a very fine but clear stria, which continues along the base, but anteriorly stops at the suture without turning inwards; the mesosternum is widely sinuous in front, marginal stria complete but abruptly ending before the metasternal suture ; the metasternum, lateral stria fine and continued along the anterior suture, being rounded off on either side, not angu- late ; the tibiz, anterior apically bifid, with four small teeth behind them, hinder tibize somewhat dilated, tarsi short. This species should be placed next to H. Sallec, Mars. In H, Salle the punctuation of the pygidium is not nearly so coarse, the prosternal striz are similar but do not reach the anterior suture, and the metasternal transverse stria is distinctly crenulate and angulate on either side. Hab.*“‘ Chapada Forest, November” (H. H. Smith). One example. new Species of Histeride. 17 Hiister crenatifrons, sp. n. Orbicularis, conyexus, niger, nitidus; antennis pedibusque rufis ; fronte utrinque crenata, stria valida semicirculari; pronoto stria interna laterali postice abbreviata, antice post angulum terminata ; elytris striis dorsalibus 1-4 integris, 5 et suturali apicalibus ; mesosterno marginato; propygidio pygidioque parce punctatis. L. 33 mill. Orbicular, convex, black, shining; the head feebly im- pressed anteriorly, stria well marked and semicircular, punc- tuation sparse and microscopical, the anterior edge before the eye is deeply notched, which enables the funiculus or basal joint of the antenna to be raised vertically, and close to it is a second but less conspicuous notch or emargination, the mandibles are microscopically strigous on the upper surface of their bases; the thorax is extremely finely punctulate, marginal stria fine and continued behind the head, internal stria strong and a little oblique; this stria resembles that figured by Marseul for H. torquatus, except that it is not hamate anteriorly, but ends abruptly before and behind; the elytra, striz, humeral external deep but shortened before and behind, internal wanting, but there is a very fine short oblique stria at the base of the first stria, 1-4 dorsal complete, the interstices between the first and second and the third and fourth widen out a little at their bases, 5 apical, not reaching the middle, sutural reaches beyond the middle, but is a little shortened apically ; the pygidia are irregularly, not closely nor coarsely punctured; the prosternum is without striz, keel narrow and triangular at the base, basal edge obscurely concave ; the mesosternum anteriorly faintly arched in outline, stria complete, rather fine and close to the edge; the meta- sternum has a transverse stria less bowed than the mesosternal stria, the stria continues along the sides and widens out before the posterior coxe; the anterior tibie are apically dilated, with one strong tooth near the insertion of the tarsus, but the other teeth are ill-defined. This species resembles H. torguatus, Mars., but the frontal outline, thoracic stria, and other characters easily distin- guish it. Hab. Sumatra (Doherty). Fister striola, Sahlb., n. syn. The synonymy of this species is Hister succiola, 'Thoms., 1862; H. japanus, Motsch., 1860; H. striola, Sahlb., 1834, hel & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 2 18 Mr. G. Lewis on Hister sessilis, sp. n. Orbicularis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; pedibus brunneo-rufis ; pronoto utrinque impresso stria interna abbreviata: elytris striis 1-5 integris, 5 basi incurvata, apice sinuata, suturali dimidiata ; mesosterno arcuato, marginato; tibiis anticis apice dilatatis. Long. 22-37 mill. Orbicular, rather convex, black and shining, antenn and legs brownish red; the head, vertex punctulate, stria strong, complete and distinctly sinuous anteriorly; the thorax, ante- rior edge bisinuous, internal lateral stria very short, oblique, and terminating anteriorly in a fovea behind the anterior angle, fovea punctate, the stria behind the head is crenulate or punctiform and does not clearly reach the fovea (in some examples this stria is better marked than in others); the elytra, striae, inner subhumeral discal very short, with a basal oblique appendage, external wanting, dorsal 1-4 complete and somewhat bowed, 5 complete, faintly sinuous behind the middle, very indistinctly incurved before the base, sutural apical reaching beyond the middle and posteriorly turning away from the suture; the propygidium sparsely punctured and the pygidium is smooth (the surface-sculpture of these two segments agrees with those of H. celestis, Mars.); the prosternum, anterior lobe with an arched marginal sulcus ; the mesosternum is arched anteriorly, with an irregular crenu- late marginal stria; the metasternum has a lateral stria some distance within the line of mesosternal stria; the anterior legs are smooth and the tibiee widen out to their apices, the denti- culations are ill-defined. The species is very similar to H. cq@lestis, Mars., and H, infirmus, Sch.; 1 only know the latter by description, but the thoracic stria is interrupted behind the head and the fifth dorsal is formed differently. Hab. Burmah (coll. H. E. Andrewes and my own). Carcinops prasinus, sp. Nn. Ovalis, depressiusculus, viridi-metallicus ; antennis pedibusque rufo- brunneis ; capite utrinque angulato ; elytris striis crenulatis, 1-4 dorsalibus integris, 5 suturalique abbreviatis ; pygidio fere levi ;. mesosterno antice emarginato, stria marginali integra; abdomine segmento primo utrinque bistriato. L. 1 mill. Oval, somewhat depressed, metallic green; the head sparsely punctulate, with a few larger punctures on the vertex, marginate and distinctly angulate over the eyes; the thorax, new Species of Histeride. 19 marginal stria complete, punctures very similar to those of head, but the larger points are absent on the disk, along the basal edge are oval and larger punctures, but they are less conspicuous before the scutellum, there is no scutellar punce- ture; the elytra, striz crenulate, 1-4 complete, 4 bending a little inwards at the base, 5 shortened just before the base, sutural shortened by about one third and punctiform poste- riorly, humeral internal fine but entire ; the propygidium has a very few transverse scattered punctures, and under the microscope a fine punctuation can be seen on the pygidium; the prosternum, strie parallel and joined at the base, but not anteriorly ; the mesosternum, marginal stria well-marked and complete; the first segment of the abdomen has two lateral striz on each side. This species in colour agrees somewhat with C. viridicollis and C. dominicanus, Mars. Hab. Vera Cruz (Herr R. Becker). Stictotia Lec, sp. n. Breviter ovalis, convexiusculus, obscure brunneus, subnitidus ; fronte leviter concava, supra oculos elevata, utrinque inconspicue oblique carinata; pronoto margine elevato; elytris utrinque tricarinatis ; tibiis anticis versus medium dilatatis, L. 13 mill. Shortly oval, little convex, brown and somewhat shining ; the head feebly concave and very irregularly punctured, punctures varying in size and form, elevated over the eyes, with the elevations continuing as somewhat obscure ridges obliquely down the face (these ridges are not conspicuous like those of S. Mormont, Lew., or S. frontalis, Macl.), on the vertex there is a very minute tubercle, only seen in certain lights; the thorax, the lateral edges are somewhat thickly elevated and continued as a stria behind the head, stria partly punctate, partly crenulate ; the elytra, epipleural margin, inner and outer humeral strie are cariniform, dorsal strie 1-6 complete, but shallow and indistinct, with rows of punctures, more or less regular and similar to those of the thorax, be- tween them; the pygidium somewhat closely punctured and some of the punctures are incompletely circular; the pro- sternum, the keel is wide and somewhat opaque owing to a densely granulate sculpture, lateral striz cariniform, especially between the coxe, before the coxe the striae widen out gradually to the lateral edge of the anterior lobe, lobe sculp- tured like the keel ; the mesosternum is bisinuous anteriorly and transverse and narrow, only margined at the sides, and ye 20 Mr. G. Lewis on separated from the metasternum by a straight crenulate stria ; the metasternum and first abdominal segment are rather more clearly punctate than the mesosternum ; the legs slender, with the anterior tibie conspicuously swollen before the middle. The widening out of the prosternal strie is a generic character in Stictotiv. Hab. Windsor, New South Wales (A. M. Lea, 1236). Stictotix frontalis. Limnichus frontalis, Macl. Trans, Ent. Soc. N. 8. W. ii. p. 172 (1871). Late ovalis, convexiusculus, rufo-brunneus, nitidus ; fronte conspicue bicarinata; elytris 12-striatis; metasterno punctato, punctis in medio luniformibus. L. 2 mill. Broadly oval, somewhat convex, reddish brown; the head, surface granulate, vertex concave, concavity bordered on either side with a well-marked oblique carina; the thorax nearly as wide again at the base as in front, lateral margin narrowly elevated, granulate within the anterior angles and behind the neck, marginal stria behind the head obscurely crenulate ; surface punctuation very distinct, somewhat large, shallow, and not quite circular, the interstices between the punctures are abcut the width of the punctures themselves; the elytra, there are twelve striz on each elytron, that which is appa- rently the outer humeral is punctiform, the sutural is joined at the base to the third from the suture, the two intervening striz represent probably one stria formed astwo. In S. Mor- mont, Lew., where the sutural is joined to another in a similar manner, there is only one intervening stria. ‘The interstitial punctuation, so peculiar in this genus, is arranged in rows; the propygidium and pygidium arecoarsely, rather densely, and evenly punctured; the prosternum, the lateral strie are fine, carinate, and oblique before the cox, the anterior lobe has a rather broad granulate border along the anterior edge and a very few and very much scattered punctures, some incompletely circular; the mesosternum has punctures set transversely, several are crescent-shaped, the transverse stria is widely crenulate ; the metasternum is curiously punctured, the punctures in the median area are crescent-shaped, on the outer area circular, neither are closely placed; the legs are slender, tibize not dilated; the antenna, basal joint nearly as long as all the others together. The outline of this species is broader than any other of the described species of this genus. new Species of Histeridee. 21 Hab. Clarence River, New South Wales (Lea, 1235). I am indebted to Mr. A. M. Lea for specimens of this species, which have been carefully compared with Macleay’s type. Paromalus niponensis, sp. n. In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p. 33 (1892) I recorded this species from Japan as P. complanatus, Panz., but having more recently set up a large series, I find that all the Japanese specimens are different in small but important parti- culars. The general outline of the body is less oblong—that is, it is relatively broader than P. complanatus, the breadth being particularly seen in the width of the thorax and meso- sternum; the legs and antenne are less elongate; the head more distinctly punctured, with the lateral border more elevated ; the thorax has the marginal stria minutely interrupted in the middle behind the neck, and the anterior angles are more acute; the sculpture of the pygidium in the male is variable, but it is usually deeper, and the anastomosed sculpture is bordered behind usually with a semicircular furrow; the mesosternum has an indistinct biarcuate transverse stria, and its lateral stria terminates at the base rectangularly. Marseul says the head of P. complanatus is smooth, but there are fine and feeble points on the surface; the mesosternum has the lateral striz hamate at the base, and its transverse stria is fine but very clear and consists of a single are. Long. 3-34 mill. Hab. Found throughout Japan, chiefly under the bark of beech. Paromalus mendicus, Lew. This species was originally found in 8. Japan, but in 1890 Herr J. Schmidt informed me that he had received it from Java. Tribalus Lee, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte modice prominula, utrinque breviter striata ; pronoto sparse punctulato, punctis grossis inter- mixtis ; elytris striis suturalibus antice abbreviatis; prosterno bistriato ; mesosterno postice crenulato-striato, stria recta. L, 23-22 mill. This species, like several from Eastern Asia, has a sutnral stria which diverges from the suture anteriorly. It is ex- tremely like 7. kenigius, Mars., but it is more oval, less convex in the dorsal region, the punctuation of the thorax and 22 Mr. G. Lewis on elytra more conspicuous, and along the base of the first are some aciculate punctures, the prosternal keel is shorter and the lateral strie diverge less posteriorly. ‘The forehead also is less prominent over the eyes. Hab. Cairus, New South Wales. From the Macleay Museum (Lea, 1255). Tribalus tropicus, Lew. Tribalus tropicus, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, xvi. p. 212 (1885). Herr J. Schmidt has stated (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, ser. 2, xvii. (xxxvii.) p. 294, 1897) that the above species is T. Dorie, Mars. YT’. Dorie is opaque and depressed, and the dorsal punctuation is obscure. J’. tropicus is convex, with ocellate punctures, and resembles J’. kenigius, Mars. I found 7. Dorie at the same time as 7’ tropicus, and I may have sent Herr Schmidt a specimen of the first instead of the second ; but there is no near resemblance between the two species. Saprinus viridanus, sp. n. Ovalis, eneo-viridis; fronte punctata, stria integra; pronoto lateribus impressis grosse punctato, stria integra margini approximata, antice in medio angulata; elytris striis subhumerali externa distincta, interna disjuncta brevissima, 1-3 dimidiatis, 4-5 utrinque, suturali basi, abbreviatis; prosterno plano, bistriato ; mesosterno antice immarginato; tibiis 4-dentatis. L. 73 mill. Oval, brassy green, thorax rather more brassy than the - elytra; the head transverse, surface rather densely punctured, with a small median fovea on the vertex, stria complete, feebly bisinuous in front; the thorax with a lateral band of coarse punctures, with rugose oblique interstices in the middle of the band, punctuation behind the neck very fine, disk and base smooth, lateral striz complete and distinctly angulate in the middle behind the neck ; the elytra, stria, humeral ex- ternal complete, internal short, straight, and basal, 1-3 ob- lique at base and extending beyond the middle, 4—5 basal and curved, sutural apical, fine, and reaching beyond the middle, the elytra posteriorly and the pygidia are rather finely and not densely punctured ; the prosternum, the keel is truncate anteriorly and widens out a little to the base, the lateral striae follow the outline of the keel and terminate just before the base ; the mesosternum has a short rather deep stria on either side; the mesosternal stria is separate and oblique, and new Species of Histeride. 23 reaches halfway down the segment; anterior tibize 4-dentate, the basal tooth is very small. This species is similar to S. semipunctatus, F., rasselas, Mars., and splendens, Payk. ‘The mesosternal stria is inter- rupted as in rasselas, but it is not joined to the metasternal lateral stria. The sutural stria is finer than in any of these species and the angular course of the marginal thoracic stria behind the neck also distinguishes it from them all. Hab. N.W. Australia, Macleay Museum (Lea, 1221). Saprinus inversus, sp. n. Breyiter ovalis, convexus, ater, nitidus; fronte punctata, haud im- pressa; pronoto lateribus punctatis; elytris striis dorsalibus validis, 1-2 ultra medium, 3 utrinque, abbreviatis, suturali cum 4 coeunte nec apicem attingenti; tibiis anticis 9—-10-denticulatis. Long. 52 mill. Shortly oval, convex, black and shining; the head punc- tate, punctures fine before the neck; the thorax punctate laterally, stria complete; the elytra, striw, inner humeral short, basal and oblique, 1-2 dorsal nearly equal in length and reaching beyond the middle, 3 short, discal, with a minute basal appendage, 4 as long as the second and joined to the sutural, the last is slightly shortened at the apex, the outer half of the apical margin is striate; the propygidium and pygidium are densely punctate in g, 2 with a transverse sulcus before the apex of the pygidium, sulcus broad and deep and formed like two connected half-circles, thus WW; this segment is only punctate before the sulcus; the pro- sternum, the lateral strie leave the keel at the coxe, and widening out terminate anteriorly in a fovea; the meso- sternum is marginate and feebly sinuous in front, and a straight crenulate stria separates it from the metasternum. This species is extremely similar to S. aterrimus, Er., but the fourth dorsal stria is discal and the acumination of the pygidium between the two parts of the sulcus points towards the head. In S. aterrimus, Er. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) lil, p. 287, 1889), the acumination is anterior to the sulcus and points in a reverse direction. In the female of both species it is only the anterior part of the pygidiam which is densely punctate. In S. aterrimus, Er., the third dorsal stria is basal and very rudimentary. Hab. 8. Catharina, Brazil. 24 Mr. G. Lewis on Saprinodes falcifer, Lew. Saprinodes faleifer, Lew. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, viii. p. 395 (1891). I give a figure of this curious Australian species (fig. 10) and an enlarged outline showing the form of the anterior tibia. Fig. 10. Saprinodes falcifer, Lew. Fypocaccus ainu, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, eneo-niger, nitidus ; fronte obscure rugosa, carina valida ; pronoto post oculos foveolato ; elytris striis 1-4 dorsalibus dimidiatis, 4 cum suturali arcuatim juncta; pygidio punctato et transversim rugoso; tibiis anticis valide 4-dentatis. L. 3 mill. Oval, convex, coppery black, shining; the head, clypeus rugose, frontal carina strong and angulate on either side, upper surface somewhat obscurely and very irregularly rugose, the rugosities are confined to the anterior half; the thorax is densely punctured at the sides, with a broad band of punc- tures along the base and a narrow one behind the neck, disk feebly punctulate, marginal stria angulate at a fovea behind the eye and straight behind the neck; the elytra, outer sub- humeral stria is wanting, inner short and dimidiate with an appendage split at both ends, strie 1-3 nearly equal and reaching the middle, 4 as long as the third and joining the sutural at the base, the surface is punctured only behind the strie, the sutural stria is not continued along the apex; the propygidium is densely punctured; the pygidium is somewhat similarly pointed, but except at the apex it is transversely rugose; the prosternum is markedly new Species of Histeride. 25 widened triangularly at the base and the strie gradually meet anteriorly ; the mesosternum is margined anteriorly, with a transverse crenulate stria at the base; the anterior tibie 4-dentate. This species is not much like any other species I know. Hi. varians, Sch., a common Japanese species, has no meso- sternal transverse stria. Hab. Ishikari River, Yezo. I obtained this species from a Japanese I sent to collect insects in Central Yezo in 1882. Hypocaccus rufipes, Payk. I found an example of this species at Enoshima, near Yoko- hama, in May 1880. This is the first record of its occurrence in Japan. Hypocaccus rubicillie, sp. n. Ovalis, niger, nitidus, elytris partim rufis ; capite thoraceque im- punctatis; mesosterno margine late interrupto; tibiis anticis 6-dentatis, L. 22 mill. Oval, black, shining, the elytra red, with the scutellar disk and posterior margins obscurely black; the head and thorax smooth and impunctate, without strie or sulci, the first has a well-marked carina, the second a fine marginal stria which continues in front close along the edge; the elytra finely, not closely, punctulate apically—strie, external subhumeral wanting, internal short and apical, with a fine basal oblique appendage, dorsal 1-3 short, not reaching the middle, very fine, oblique, and punctate or punctiform, 4 very short and indicated on the disk by only a few small points, 5 absent, sutural apical and anteriorly punctiform ; the pygidia are very evenly and very finely, not densely, punctured; the pro- sternum, keel narrow, but widening out a little at the base, strie cariniform, parallel, joining in front and looped together posteriorly at the widening out of the keel; the mesosternum, marginal stria somewhat deep and confined to the anterior angles, it does not join the metasternal stria; the metasternal stria is oblique and longer than the mesosternal stria; the first abdominal segment is clearly punctured, but there are very few points in the central area; the anterior tibie are 6-dentate and the posterior tarsi are very robust. This species is remarkable for its coloration, and its head and thorax are impunctate, like those of Pachylopus dimidiatus, Hl. Hab. Nguela, Usambara. In the collection of the Royal Museum at Brussels and my own. 26 Mr. G. Lewis on Hypocaccus rubricatus, sp. n. Parum late ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus, elytris partim rufis ; fronte punctata, triangulariter carinata ; pronoto marginato, punc- tato; elytris striis dorsalibus 2-4 magis abbreviatis, 1 longiore, 4 arcuatim cum suturali juncta, subhumerali externa nulla, interna brevi, disjuncta ; pygidio equaliter et sat dense punctato. L. 2% mill. Rather widely oval, the elytra behind the shoulders being a little prominent, black, with the elytra laterally broadly red, and at and near the humeral angles this colour extends across the interstices of the first and second striz; the head evenly and clearly but not very densely punctured, with a well-marked sinuous carina separating the epistoma from the head, and being continued behind obliquely meets on the vertex and thus incloses a triangular space—there are also carine over the eyes which join the anterior sinuous carina, these ocular caring are feebly sinuous before the eyes; the thorax, marginal stria complete, punctuation somewhat similar to that of the head, but rather more dense in the regions of the anterior angles and less dense on the disk ; the elytra, strie, subhumeral internal broken in the middle, posterior part short, anterior part oblique, external wanting, first dorsal shortened before the apical margin, incurved at both ends, second and third incurved at the base and posteriorly scarcely reaching beyond the middle, fourth very similar to the third but arched at the base and joined to the sutural, which is complete, all the dorsal striz are rather strong, the punctuation is similar to that of the thorax and is confined to the region between the fourth and sutural striz and to the apical area behind the second, third, and fourth striz; on the propy- gidium and pygidium the punctures are closer but similar; the prosternum triangularly widens out behind the coxe and is bistriate, striz do not touch the base, but join anteriorly, in front of the cox they run close and parallel to each othee along a very narrow keel; the anterior tibia are somewhat dilated and are 7-denticulate. This species is not much like any previously described, but it belongs to Marseul’s section of Saprinus with “ un Bent chevron sur le front.”” ‘The prosternal striz before the cox are much nearer together than those of H. rugifrons, Payk. Hab. Frere (Natal) ; taken in carrion by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall (no. 1447). new Species of Histeride. 27 Trypeticus meridianus, sp. n. Oblongus, cylindricus, niger, nitidus, pedibus rufo-brunneis ; fronte triangulata, minutissime strigulosa; rostro apice minute bituber- culato ; pronoto antice arcuatim depresso ; propygidio pygidioque utrinque bifoveolatis. L. 33 mill. ?. Oblong, cylindrical, black, shining, legs reddish brown ; the head, face triangular and slightly concave, rostrum rather short and terminating in two small tubercles, surface micro- scopically transversely strigose, with some irregular punctures on the vertex; the thorax is of the same length as the elytra, with an arcuate depression behind the neck, punctuation clear and most dense anteriorly, without a scutellar fovea or punc- ture, lateral marginal stria well-marked ; the elytra, punctua- tion less close than that of the thorax ; the propygidium and pygidium are punctured very similarly to the elytra, and both have a conspicuous fovea on either side at their bases; the pro- sternum is a little longer than broad, rectangular, with a mar- ginal well-marked stria at the sides, and continuing in front but not along the base, surface irregularly not densely punctured ; the mesosternum is truncate and immarginate anteriorly, laterally behind the coxz is a shallow rather broad sulcus with its outer edge raised and turned in anteriorly, surface rather sparsely but evenly punctured; the metasternum is punctate like the mesosternum and has a fine median line. In a second specimen the fovee in the pygidia are more shallow and less conspicuous. This species is similar to T. G'estroz, Mars. (which is known to me by description only), especially in the form of the head and rostrum. In 7. Gestrod the prosternal striz are continued along the base and there are no fovee in the pygidia. The male is unknown at present. Hab. Lombok, at an altitude of 2000 feet, in September 1896 (Hi. Fruhstorfer). Pygoceelis usambicus, Kolbe. Pygocelis usambicus, Kolbe, Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, iv. Col. p. 104 (1897). I am also much indebted to Herr Kolbe for examples of this species and for giving me a drawing (fig. 11), here repro- duced, of his specimen. ‘The surface of the pygidium is wholly excavated in the male, leaving only a narrow rim as a posterior margin; in the female the surface of the pygidium 28 On new Species of Histeride. is concave. This confirms the sexual characters I gave for Pygocelis (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xx. 1897, p. 564). Herr Kolbe’s species is highly typical of the genus. Fig. 11. Pygocelis usambicus, Kolbe. Teretriosoma latirostre, sp. n. Oblongum, cylindricum, nigrum, nitidum, undique sed inequaliter punctatum ; antennis tibiisque rufo-brunneis ; pygidio convexo ; mesosterno, stria marginali in medio interrupta, metasternoque grosse punctatis; tibiis anticis 6-spinosis. L. 23 mill. Oblong, cylindrical, black, shining; the head evenly, not closely, punctured, with a fine but clear carina over the eyes, nose broad and robust; the thorax, marginal stria laterally well-marked, fine along the anterior edge, punctuation larger than that of the head, especially along the base and before the scutellum, and the punctures are sometimes ocellate; the elytra have one rather well-defined oblique stria outside the middle of the base, the dorsal punctures are larger and more distinctly ocellate than those of the thorax, and in the dorsal region the interstices are faintly and rather irregularly longi- tudinally raised; the propygidium is clearly and somewhat evenly punctured, punctures distinctly ocellate when seen under the microscope; the pygidium is convex, with the punctures more sparse and finer on the median area; the prosternum margined laterally before the coxe and coarsely, not closely, punctate ; the mesosternum, marginal stria fine, not well-marked, and interrupted in the middle, coarsely punctured ; the metasternum, lateral stria curved anteriorly, turning towards the suture, and not joined to the mesosternal stria, punctures most scattered in the median region; the first segment of the abdomen has smaller and closer punctures. The antenne are reddish brown, also the tibiz and tarsi, femora darker; the anterior tibie are 6-, intermediate 5-, posterior 4—5-spinose. On Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 29 This species differs from the others I am acquainted with in having a broader nose, and the anterior tibiz are spinose rather than dentate. Hab. Brownville, Texas (Wickham). One example. Lipiechinus tasmant, sp. n. Orbicularis, convexus, subnitidus, niger, setosus; antennis rufis; fronte in medio carinata, utrinque punctata; pronoto utrinque bicarinato; elytris 6-costatis ; propygidio utrinque late impresso ; pygidio irregulariter punctato. L. 12 mill. Nearly circular in outline, convex, somewhat shining, black and setose ; antenne wholly red, thighs red on the inner surface; the head, there is a well-marked median carina and one on either side of it midway between it and the lateral margin ; the thorax, the lateral edge is carinate and there is an inner carina parallel to it, with a rather wide interstice between them, behind the neck are four short carine; the elytra, the outer margin, one humeral stria and first dorsal stria are strongly carinate, and there are two others and a sutural less elevated; the propygidium is transversely and widely impressed on either side, the impressions nearly meeting in the middle; the pygidium has one or two very large punctures and smaller ones mostly differing in size from one another; the prosternum, anterior lobe with large deep punctures, keel wide, with lateral strie hamate anteriorly, surface of keel with a few small irregular points; the meso- sternum widely bisinuous, sternal pits shallow and widen out transversely before and behind; the metasternum has round punctures much larger than those of the mesosternum, and most numerous in the median area, along the edge behind the sternal fovea is a strong carina, Hab. Cairus, New South Wales, from the Macleay Museum (Lea, 1233). It is probable that many species of this genus occur in Australia. I].—Rhynchotal Notes.—Heteroptera: Scutellerine and Graphosomine. By W. L. Distant. HAVING commenced the rearrangement, with large incorpora- tions, of the fine collection of Rhynchota in the British Museum, the work of the late Francis Walker naturally calls for revision, which I have attempted in this paper so far as 30 Mr. W. L. Distant on the Scutellerine and Graphosomine are concerned. All Walker’s species which relate to these two subfamilies are reviewed in the following pages. I have also had all West- wood’s types which he described in the ‘ Hope Catalogue’ before me as I worked through the species. Some new species and genera are described. Walker’s type-specimens missing from the collection call for some remark. ‘These disappearances, however, are not confined to the Rhynchota. Dr. Butler appears to have found similar lacune in the Zygenide. Writing on this subject (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xii. p. 402, 1876) he remarks:— ‘Mr. Walker comes one day and describes a new species ; but, owing to the lateness of the hour, or some other cause, omits to label it as a type; the next time he comes to the collection he continues his MS., and, finding this species without a label, forthwith redescribes it. This will, I think, account for several instances which I have noticed of evidently the same species described twice over in consecutive pages of Walker’s Catalogues.” Again (loc. cit. p. 432) :— ““ He neglected to label his type, it got mixed up with the other Arctiide in the collection ; and the label appeared in the cabinet with no specimen to represent Walker’s species.” One other reason may be predicated. He never labelled the specimens; he was an industrious though, it must be added, reckless describer, and it seems probable that when he some- times discovered his mistakes he shifted the specimens to more proper positions and maintained a discreet silence as to the process. Hence the specimens are doubtless in the collection, but in other places and under other names. ScurELLERINZ. Genus COLEOTICHUS. Coleotichus eacellens, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 3 (1867). The three specimens on which Walker founded his species were unlocalized, and “ patria ignota”’ appears against the name in the catalogue of Lethierry and Severin. The British Museum now possesses a specimen from Queensland, and my own collection contains one from Samoa. A character generally present, and found in two of the three typical specimens of Walker, is a small but distinct levigate ochraceous spot near each basal angle of the scu- tellum, which also possesses three or four small black spots— two transversely placed and wide apart before middle, and Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 31 two close together (sometimes only one) on the slight central keel about one third before apex. ‘The pronotum also pos- sesses two small black spots situate a little before anterior margin. Coleotichus borealis, sp. n. Ochraceous, thickly and coarsely punctate; margins of the head and pronotum stramineous, inwardly demarcated with metallic green punctures on the head, very obscurely so and only near anterior margin of the pronotum. Scu- tellum with a distinct levigate stramineous spot near each basal angle, and with a few very small discal black spots, situate two close together on each side before middle and two, also close together, on central median line about one third before apex. Corium with a dark metallic olivaceous sub- costal margin. Body beneath, legs, and antenne pale ochraceous. Pronotum with two small black spots a little before anterior margin. Long. 17-19 millim. ; exp. pronot. angle 10 millim. Hab. Formosa, Lak-ku-li (Hulst). Two specimens (Brit. Mus.). This species is closely allied to the Australian C. excellens, Walk., both in size and markings. It is separated, however, by the different coloration—ochraceous, not ferruginous—by the broader, more gibbous, and posteriorly less attenuated body, uniform colour of the sternum, &c. This is the most northern species of the genus yet described. Coleotichus fuscus. Coleotichus fuscus, Vollenh. Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 59 (1863). Coleotichus sordidus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 1. n. 4 (1867). DAMELIA, gen. nov. Body short, about one and a half times as long as broad, gibbous, deflexed towards head and apex of abdomen. Head almost twice as broad as long, lateral margins moderately sinuated, apex rounded ; antenne of five joints, second and third joints almost equal in length. Pronotum with the anterior margin moderately concave, lateral margins obliquely convex and laminate, basal margin in front of scutellum nearly straight. Scutellum with a large but faint circular impression on each side near base. Sternum with a central canal, the edges of which are raised. I have placed this genus near Steganocerus. 32 Mr. W. L. Distant on Damelia circuliferus. Spherocoris circuliferus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 7. n. 18 (1887). Australia (Damel’s coll.). Genus SPHA@ROCORIS. Spherocoris ocellatus. Tetyra ocellata, Klug, Symb. vy. pl. xliii. figs. 1-3 (1834). This species is generally distributed throughout South and Kast Africa. The British Museum contains specimens from Angola, from which locality also comes the West-African species S. annulus. ‘This is the only locality known to the writer in which both species occur. Spherocoris annulus. Cimex annulus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 697 (1775). Spherocoris annularis, Westw. in Hope, Cat. Hem. i. p. 13 (1837). This truly West-African species, like others from the same area, seems gradually spreading eastwards across the con- tinent. In the British Museum is a specimen collected by Mr. Scott Elliot in the district between Salt Lake and Wawamba Country in East Central Africa. Spherocoris pecilus, Dallas, List Hem. Ins. i. p. 9 (1851). This species, originally described from Gambia and re- described by Stal from Nubia, was found by Mr. Scott Elliot in the same district of East Central Africa as S. annulus. Genus ASOLENIDIUM. Asolenidium unicolor. Spherocoris? unicolor, Dallas, List Hem. Ins. i. p. 7 (1851). Var. flavonotatus. Spherocoris ? flavonotatus, Dallas, loc. cit. p. 7. Var. olivaceus, nov. Above dark uniform olivaceous, beneath piceous; head beneath, prosternum, and femora dull castaneous; tibie and tarsi piceous. Hab. West Africa, Cameroon Mts. (Brit. Mus.). Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 33 Genus HYPERONCUS. Hyperoncus cyaneosparsus. Spherocoris cyaneosparsus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 6. n. 17 (1867), Genus CANTAO. Cantao rudis. Cantao rudis, Vollenhoven, Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 60 (1863). Cantao inscitus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 506 (1868). Cantao conscitus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 507. Genus TECTOCORIS. Tectocoris lineola. Cimex lineola, Fabr. Spec. ii. p. 340 (1781). Tectocoris pusillus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 13 (1867).—Appertains to the variety Banksi, Don. Tectocoris vbliquus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 13.—A variety near that known under the name of diophthalmus, Thunb. Tectocoris amboinensis. The typical specimen on which this species was founded is destroyed, only the “ head” being now contained in the National Collection. From the description it seems clearly to have been nothing but a variety of TZ. lineola, Fabr., var. cyanipes, Fabr., and may therefore be erased from our nomenclature. Genus Pa@crLocorIis. Pecilocoris Hardwicki. Tectocoris Hardwicku, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 13 (1837). A specimen of this species, originally in the Hast-Indian Museum and now contained in the National Collection, has the following label attached:—*‘ Tea-shrubs at Tengrac (Feb. 24, 1836); said to infect the plant particularly.—Near Boutan.”’ Pecilocoris Hardwicki, Westw. (supra). Pecilocoris anisospilus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 9 (1867). Walker’s type is a small specimen of the above species appertaining to the variety affinis, Westw. Peecilocoris plenisignatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 9. n. 13 (1867). The specimen on which this species was founded is no Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 3 34 Mr. W. L. Distant on longer in its place in the British Museum. It is possible that Walker may have discovered an error and relegated the “ species? to some other and more proper place. At all events, it must be considered as non-existent and has to be erased from our nomenclature. Pecilocoris purpurascens, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 14 (1837). Abundantly distinct from P. interruptus, Westw. (loc. cit. p. 14), and is not a synonym of that species as enumerated in the ‘Cat. Gén. des Hémiptéres’ of Lethierry and Severin (p. 20). Genus CHAROCORIS. Cherocoris paganus. Cimex paganus, Fabry. Syst. Int. p. 698 (1775). Attached to a specimen in the National Collection received from the Wilson-Saunders collection, and localized New South Wales, is the following note:—“ This species is fossorial in soft sandstone. All this lot were taken in such a state, and the remains of the pupe were in the holes.” Cherocoris similis, sp. n. In markings above almost exactly similar to C. variegatus, Dall., but the ground-colour is stramineous and not bright red. Beneath stramineous; head and sternum with sub- marginal black lines; abdomen with a single marginal row of angulated black spots. Legs stramineous, streaked with black. The body is very much narrower and more elongate than in C. vartegatus, and the rostrum extends almost halfway across the basal segment of the abdomen, while in Dallas’s species it about only reaches its base. Long. 10 millim. Hab. Australia, Adelaide. Type, Brit. Mus. Genus TETRARTHRIA. Tetrarthria variegata. Tetrarthria variegata, Dall. List Hem. Ins. i. p. 20, pl. i. fig. 1 (1851). Var. Tetrarthria lateralis, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 21 (1867). Var. Tetrarthria congrua, Walk, loc. cit. p. 20. This is a most variable species, and it is more than probable that some of those enumerated below as species are also Scutellerine and Graphosomin. 35 but forms of T. variegata. More material, however, seems necessary before further union is attempted. Tetrarthria varia. Tetrarthria varia, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 18 (1867). Var. Tetrarthria lineata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 18. Tetrarthria maculata. Letrarthria maculata, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 22 (1867), Tetrarthria basalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23. Genus BRACHYAULAX. Brachyaulax oblonga. Tectocoris oblonga, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 14 (1887). Scutellera cyaneovitta, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 16 (1867). Scutellera maculigera, Walk. loc. cit. p 16. Scutellera pubescens, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 507 (1868). Var. Scutellera buprestoides, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 16 (1867). Genus PHILta. Philia femorata. Calhdea femorata, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 88. n. 49 (1867). Callidea curtula, Walk. loc. cit. p. 89. n. 54. Callidea collaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 40. n. 56. Var. Callidea aureocincta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 41. n. 68. These may all subsequently prove to be varieties of P. senator, Fabr., but they are distinct from that species in coloration ; and whereas the typical P. senator appears to be almost confined to Australia, P. femorata and its variety are dominant in the eastern portion of the Malay Archipelago, though specimens have been received from Somerset, Cape York Peninsula. Phitia subapicalis. Callidea subapicalis, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 36. n. 45 (1867), A species of considerably larger size than P. femorata, to which in other respects it is very closely related, and alto- gether distinct from C. munda and C. spilogastra, to which Walker allies it. The basal two of the five golden-green spots to the scutellum described by Walker are very in- distinct, Possibly another large form of P. senator. 3% 36 Mr. W. L. Distant on Philia ditissima. Callidea ditissima, Vollenhoven, Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 26, pl. i. fig. 5 (1863). Calldea cresus, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. v. Entom. xii. p. 259, pl. xi. fig. e (1869). Callidea flammigera, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 42. n. 59 (1867); var. loc. ett. iii, p. 512 (1868). Philia fastuosa. Callidea fastuosa, Vollenhoven, Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 26 (1863). Callidea fulgida, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 36. n. 46 (1867). Callidea sohta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 36. n. 47. Callidea discoidalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 41. n. 57. Stal (En. Hem. iii. p. 15), comparing this species with P. ditissima, remarks :—‘‘ Limbus flavescens ventris an- gustior quam in speciebus precedentibus.” The margin to the abdomen is, however, variable, being as wide as in ditissima in the specimens Walker described under the name of C. solita, and narrowing in other specimens till the margin is practically obsolete. Philia jactator. Caliidea jactator, Stal, Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1854, p. 231; loc. cat. 1856, p. 52. 2. Callidea gloriosa, Vollenh. Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 35. n. 32, pl. iii. fig. 5 (1863). Callidea munda, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 37. n. 48 (1867). Callidea sulaca, Walk. loc. cit. p. 42. n. 60. Philia balteata. Callidea balteata, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 34. n. 40 (1867). Callidea latefasciata, Vollenh. Versl. Ak. Amst. (2) ii. p. 175 (1868) ; Tijdschr, v. Ent. xii. p. 257, pl. xi. fig. d (1869). Walker’s type was from New Guinea. Philia distinguenda. Callidea distinguenda, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 514 (1868). Philia erythrina. Callidea erythrina, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 44. n. 64 (1867). Philia leucocyanea, Montrouzier, Ann. Sc. Phys. Nat. d’Agric. sér. 2, vil. 1, p. 95 (1855). This species appears to be of a variable nature, judging from some Solomon-Islands specimens in the British Museum. Scutellerinz and Graphosomine. 37 Var. a (typical).—Duke of York’s Island (coll. Dist.). Var. 6.—Pronotum wholly black, excepting lateral areas. Solomon Islands. Var. c.—As in var. a, but with the legs wholly cyaneous. Solomon Islands. Var. d— Wholly purplish black above, but with the posterior lateral marginal ochraceous coloration to the pronotum, Femora ochraceous, with their apices cyaneous. Solomon Islands. Var. e.—Wholly purplish black above. Femora ochraceous, their apices concolorous. New Britain. Philia Woodfordi, sp. n. Bright metallic bronzy green; head, lateral margins of pronotum, and basal half of scutellum emerald-green ; central lobe and basal margin of head, anterior marginal area of pronotum, basal callosity, and two large fused spots on apical area of scutellum purplish black; extreme apex of scutellum bronzy green. Body beneath emerald-green; areas of the odoriferous apertures and basal margins of the abdominal segments black. Coxe, trochanters and femora, and lateral margins of the abdomen ochraceous. Antenna piceous, first and second joints ochraceous; rostrum piceous, basal joint ochraceous. Pronotum and scutellum coarsely punctate ; abdomen be- neath finely wrinkled and sparingly punctate, its ochraceous lateral margin entire. Long. 11-12 millim. Hab, Solomon Islands (Woodford; Brit. Mus.). Genus CALLIPHARA. Calliphara praslinia, Guér, (Scutellera), Voy. Coq., Ins. pp. 158 & 160, pl. xi. fig. 3 (1830). Tetrarthria sobria, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 21. n. 10 (1867), Tetrarthria nigra, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23. n. 16. Callidea ebenina, Walk. loc. cit. p 39, n. 52. Calliphara bifasciata, Callidea (Calliphara) bifasciata, White, Trans, Ent. Soe. Lond. iii. p. 85 (1842). Calhidea quadrifera, Walker, Cat. Het. iii. p. 514 (1868). 38 Mr. W. L. Distant on Calliphara excellens. - Tetyra exvcellens, Burm, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. xvi., Suppl. i. p. 287, pl. xli. fig. 2 (1884). Tectocoris obscura, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 11 (1887). Calliphara regalis. Cimex regalis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 697 (1775). Callidea erythrospila, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 33. n. 38 (1867). Caliidea semirufa, Walk. loc, cit. p. 34. n. 39. Callidea biplaga, Walk, loc. cit. p. 35. n. 42. Calliphara quadrinotata. Callidea quadrinotata, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p, 38. n, 51 (1867). Var. a (typical).—Pronotum purplish; scutellum luteous, with four purplish spots. Var. 6.—Pronotum purplish red, with dark bluish spots ; scutellum purplish red, with four bluish spots, and the apex also of the same colour. New Guinea (Brit. Mus.). Var. c.—Pronotum resplendent green, with bluish-black spots ; scutellum with seven blackish spots. Admiralty Islands (Brit. Mus.). Allied to C. eximia, Vollenh. Calliphara flagrans. Tetrarthria flagrans, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 24. n. 19 (1867), Genus CHRYSOCORIS. Chrysocoris atricapillus. Scutellera atricapilla, Guérin, Voy. Coq., Ins. p. 156 (1880). Pecilocoris melanocephalus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 10. n. 16 (1867), Var. Callidea variabilis, Vollenh. Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 22, pl. i. fig. 9 (1863). Callidea ampla, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 35, n. 44 (1867). Chrysocoris coxalis. Callidea coxvalis, Stél, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) iv. p. 47 (1864). Callidea tessellata, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 88. n. 50 (1867). Callidea proxima, Walk. loc. cit, p. 89. n. 53, Chrysocorts spilogastra. Callidea spilogastra, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 80, 1, 22 (1867). Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 39 Chrysocoris Stollit. Cimex Stollii, Wolff, Ic. ii. p. 48, fig. 45 (1801). Callidea porphyricola, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 29. n. 19 (1867). Chrysocoris peltophoroides. Tetrarthria peltophoroides, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 22. n. 13 (1867). Callidea celebensis, Vollenh. Versl. Ak. Amst. (2) ii. p. 175 (1868) ; Tijdschr. voor Ent. xii. p. 258, pl. xi. fig. ¢ (1869). Chrysocoris Germart, Scutellera Germari, Eschsch, Entomogr. i. p. 100, 73, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1822). Var. Callidea consul, Vollenh. Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 36. n. 1 (1863). Callidea gucunda, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 44. n. 66 (1867). Chrysocorts melanophora. Callidea melanophora, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 518 (1868). Callidea sodalis, Walk. loc. e’t. p. 513, Chrysocoris purpureus. Calhidea purpurea, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 15 (1837). Chrysocoris viridis, Atkins, Notes Ind. Rhynch. Heter. ii. p. 175 (1887). Chrysocoris partita. Calhidea partita, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 40. n, 55 (1867). Var. Callidea galerucoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 48. n. 61. Genus LAMPROCORIS. Lamprocoris lateralis. Scutellera lateralis, Guér, Voy. Coq., Ins. pp 159, 160 (1830). Callidea contraria, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 30. n. 21 (1867). Lamprocoris Roylit. Callidea Roylit, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 16 (1837), Callidea histeroides, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 28. n, 16 (1867). Callidea scripta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 17. Callidea gibbula, Walk. loc, cit. p. 29. n. 18, Genus CRYPTACRUS. Cryptacrus rufopicta, Callidea rufopicta, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 26, n. 2 (1867), 40 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genus GRAPTOCORIS. Graptocoris aulicus. Pachycoris aulicus, Germ. in Silberm. Rev. v. p. 189 (1837). Var. Cherocoris personatus, Stal, Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1853, p. 210. Cryptacrus sgnifer, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 11. n. 3 (1867). Graptocoris grandis, sp. n. Orange-yellow ; head, antenna, two very large discal spots to pronotum (extending from base to near anterior margin, only slightly separated and nearly occupying the whole of disk), scutellum with two small spots near base, two large and fused transverse spots at centre, and two similar spots before apex, costal margin of corium and apex of mem- brane, sternum (excluding lateral margins of prosternum and base of metasternum), large central and marginal spots to abdomen, and the legs bluish black. Body broad, somewhat transversely flattened, sparingly and finely punctate. Long. 17 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 11 millim. Hab, Central Africa: Yambuya, River Aruwimi (Stanley Expedition). Coll. Dist. Genus CALLIDEA. Callidea purpurascens. Libyssa purpurascens, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 509 (1868). Libyssa Westwoodi, Vollenh. Versl. Ak. Amst. Nat. (2) ii, p. 175 (1868). Genus CALLISCYTA. Calliscyta australis, sp. n. Head dark indigo-blue, apices of the lateral lobes reddish ; eyes ochraceous. Pronotum castaneous, with dark indigo shadings and with a central longitudinal irregular yellowish fascia. Scutellum castaneous, dark and shaded with blue on basal area, paler and ochraceous at apical area; a short oblique curved yellow fascia at each basal angle and two rounded blackish spots before apex. Head beneath and sternum dark indigo-blue; legs castaneous; coxe and _tro- chanters ochraceous. Abdomen sanguineous, with a lateral series of transverse stigmatal spots and a large subapical spot bluish black. Head finely punctate; pronotum and basal two thirds Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 41 of scutellum coarsely punctate. Antenne and rostrum mutilated. Long. 13 millim. Hab. Queensland. (Type, Brit. Mus.) Genus M ACRAULAX. This genus, which Dallas founded on two Australian specimens which he identified, and as I can only consider correctly, as the Pachycoris bipunctatus, H.-Schiff., is now generally sunk as a synonym of the genus Tetyra, and Herr.-Schiffer’s name applied to a Central and North- American species. I have searched the record-book of the British Museum, and no doubt seems to exist that Dallas’s specimens came from Australia and formed part of ‘ Harring- ton’s collection.”’ On the other hand, these specimens agree with Stal’s description of Texan and Mexican species he examined, viz. :—‘ Rostro paullo pone medium ventris ex- tenso ; ventre ultra medium sulcato.” It is, however, more than unlikely that the same species is found in both Central America and Australia, and nowhere else. Genus PACHYCORIS. Pachycoris chrysomelinus. _Pachycoris chrysomelinus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 52. n. 38 (1867). Genus POLYTES. Polytes propinquus. Pachycoris propinquus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 50. n. 30 (1867), Polytes inca, sp. n. Ochraceous ; head with four longitudinal black fasciz, two central and a short one on the inner side of each eye; pro- notum with three double series of black spots, between which series are some smaller black spots arranged in linear manner, some similar spots near lateral margin; scutellum with irre- gular black markings, consisting principally of three large basal spots and a waved transverse fascia across disk, the remaining area with small spots and streaks of the same colour. Margins of corium spotted with black. Body be- neath and legs pale ochraceous; head with a lateral streak in front of each eye, some marginal spots to prosternum, femoral and tibial streaks, tarsi, apex of rostrum, and a sublateral series of stigmatal spots to abdomen black. Antenne with 42 Mr. W. L. Distant on the three basal joints black, first ochraceous at base, remaining joints mutilated. Rostrum reaching the third abdominal segment. Long. 10 millim.; lat. 7 millim. Hab. Peru (coll. Dist.). Polytes granulatus. Symphylus granulatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 516 (1868). I place this species in the genus Polytes, though Stal’s diagnosis of that genus is very obscure. In his original description (Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1867, p. 492) he gives the type (‘ Pachycoris hebraicus, P. B., ad hoc genus est refe- rendus”). But in his subsequent ‘ Knumeratio Hemipte- rorum,’ i. p. 10, he places hebrazcus in the genus Diolcus, Mayr. Both genera stand in his ‘ Enumeratio,’ and no further explanation is given. Genus ASCANIUS. Ascanius cassidoides. Pachycoris cassidotdes, Walk, Cat. Het. i. p. 48. n. 16 (1867). Genus ACHATES. Achates trinotatus. Dachycoris trinotatus, Walk. Cat. Het. 1. p. 51. n. 85 (1867). Achates ramosus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch.-Het. Suppl. p. 311, pl. xxx. fig. 4 (1889). Achates vittatus. Symphylus vittatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 55, n. 10 (1867). Achates leucotelus. Pachycoris leucotelus, Walk. Cat. Het. 1. p. 62. n, 86 (1867). Achates neotropicalis, sp. n. Ochraceous, spotted and striped with castaneous. Head sparingly and coarsely punctate; two castaneous spots at base; eyes castaneous, apical half of central lobe and the antenne black. Pronotum coarsely and sparingly punctate, with the lateral angles and five central fascie casta- neous, of which the outermost on each side is bent and does not reach the anterior margin. Scutellum coarsely and sparingly punctate, with two central longitudinal fascie, on each of which is a broken fascia consisting of three spots and Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 43 a basal sublateral fascia castaneous. Body beneath and legs pale ochraceous ; abdomen dark castaneous, its disk pitchy, its lateral and apical margins ochraceous. Rostrum reaching the posterior coxe. Long. 7 millim. Hab. Amazons, Madeira River (coll. Dist.). Genus ORSILOCHUS. Orsilochus divergens. Symphylus divergens, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 516 (1868). Genus DIOLCUS. Diolcus Boscit. Cimex Boscit, Faby. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 529. 27, 28 (1708). Symphylus politus, Walk. Cat. Het. iil. p. 518 (1868). Walker’s type is in a mutilated condition, wanting the abdomen. It seems, however, to pertain to the Fabrician species. Genus DYSTUS. Dystus scitulus. Agonosoma scitula, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 60. n. 9 (1867). Genus AGONOSOMA. Agonosoma trilineata. Cimezx trilineatus, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 841 (1781). Agonosoma flavolineata, Uhler (nec Lap.), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 169. The specimens identified by Mr. Uhler as A. flavolineata, and which are now in the collection of the British Museum, are typical A. trilineata, Fabr. No specimens of Laporte’s species were in any of the Antillean collections worked by Mr. Uhler. The two specimens described as A. trelineata, var. (loc, cit. p. 170), are the varietal form quadriguttata, Sign. Genus LOBOTHYREUS. Lobothyreus lobatus. Pachycoris lobata, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 12 (1837). Pachycoris apicalis, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 50. n. 82 (1867). Symphylus signatus, Walk. loc, ett. 111, p. 517 (1868), 44 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genus SPHYROCORIS. Sphyrocoris obliquus. Pachycoris obliquus, Germar, Zeitschr. i. p. 94 (1889). Pachycoris delineatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 48. n. 17 (1867). Genus SYMPHYLUS. Symphylus deplanatus. Pachycoris deplanatus, Herr.-Schaff. Wanz. iv. p. 3, fig. 344 (1889). Symphylus apicifer, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 516 (1868). Symphylus bipustulatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 517. Symphylus rivulosus. Pachycoris rivulosus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 51. n. 34 (1867). 5. 1. sa Symphylus plagiatus, Walk. loc. ett. p. 5 113 Symphylus cyphnotdes. Pachycoris cyphnoides, Walk. Cat. Het. 1. ee n. 31 (1867). Symphylus vernus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch.-Het. Suppl. p. 315, pl. xxix. fig. 25 (1889). Symphylus leucospilus. Pachycoris leucospilus, Walk, Cat. Het. i. p. 51. n, 33 (1867), Symphylus obtusus. Symphylus obtusus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 87 (1851). Symphylus gibbosus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch.-Het. p. 23, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1880). Although I carefully compared the Mexican specimen be- longing to Dr. Signoret with the single type specimen of Dallas from Colombia before describing it as a new species, another specimen has been received from Panama, and although the size of the specimens differ and, by implication, also the shape, I think they are better united as one species. Symphylus divergens. Symphylus divergens, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 517 (1868), The single type specimen is in very bad condition, but seemingly appertains to the genus Symphylus. Note.-—Walker described two different species under the above name on consecutive pages of his list. The first (p. 516) is an Orstlochus, the second (supra) is apparently a Symphylus. Scutellerinee and Graphosomine. 45 Genus 'TESTRINA. Testrina, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 61 (1867). This genus may be placed near Galeacius, Dist. Testrina laticollis. Testrina laticollis, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 61 (1867). Genus CAMIRUS. Camirus conicus. Pachycoris conicus, Germ. Zeitschr. i. p. 106 (1839). Symphylus oculatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 519 (1868). Camirus brevilineus. Bolbocoris brevilineus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 63. n. 8 (1867). Genus Horea. Hotea subfasciata. Trigonosoma subfasciatum, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 11 (1887). Hotea melanaria, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 56. n. 3 (1867). Hotea nigrorufa. Hotea nigrorufa, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 57. n. 6 (1867). Hotea circumeincta, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 57. n. 8 (1867). The type is no longer contained under this name in the British Museum. It was described as from Penang, where Hl, curculionoides, Herr.-Schiiff., is the common species. Walker most probably corrected himself without comment. Hotea curculionoides. Pachycoris curculionordes, Herr.-Schatf. Wanz, Ins. iii. p. 106, fig. 331 (1835). Hotea nasuta, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 58. n. 9 (1867), Genus DEROPLAX. Deroplax diffusa. Hotea? diffusa, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 57. n. 7 (1867). Genus PHIMODERA. Phimodera torpida. Phimodera torpida, Walk. Cat, Het. i. p. 75, n. 4 (1867). 46 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genus EURYGASTER. Eurygaster sinicus. Eurygaster sinicus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 67. n. 9 (1867). Genus MACROCARENUS. Macrocarenus scutellatus, sp. n. Dull ochraceous, scutellum narrowly margined with pale luteous. Head faintly rugulose, the central lobe and the outer margins of the lateral lobes a little darker in hue; eyes fuscous; antenne brownish ochraceous. Pronotum some- what thickly and finely punctate, basal area shaded with pale fuscous ; two large transverse foveate callosities on anterior area; posterior lateral angles subprominent and somewhat nodulose. Scutellum testaceous at base and with a small yellowish spot near each basal angle; the testaceous area is slightly rugulose, basal angles and whole central area coarsely and darkly punctate. Corium sparingly but coarsely and darkly punctate. Connexivum thickly, finely, and darkly punctate, its extreme outer margin pale luteous, the seg- mental incisures fuscous. Body beneath and legs pale luteous; abdomen and legs speckled with brownish. Ros- trum reaching the posterior coxe. Long. 6 millim. Hab. Australia, Peak Downs (coll. Dist.). Less elongate, more convex, and different in coloration to M. acuminatus, Dall., the only other at present described species of the genus. Genus AUGOCORIS. Augocoris rugulosus. Augocoris rugulosus, Herr.-Schaff. Wanz. Ins. iv. p. 92, fig. 432 (1839). Pachycoris quadristriga, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 52. n. 37 (1867). Genus MELANODEMA. Melanodema apicifera, sp. n. Black ; apex of the scutellum with a very distinct irregular, longitudinal, pale ochraceous spot. Pronotum and scutellum with a distinct central, longitudinal, carinate line. Allied to M. carbonaria, Jakowleff, but larger; apical pale spot to scutellum much larger; pronotum less foveate ; scutellum much less foveate at basal margin; central carina to pronotum and scutellum distinct. Long. 9 millim. Hab, Bombay (Dr. Leith, coll. Dist.). Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 47 A single specimen contained in Dr. Leith’s Indian collec- tion has been in my possession for the last twenty years, and I have refrained from describing it on account of the imperfect condition of the legs and antenne. As, however, the only other species of the genus is from Turkestan, it seems a pity to still refrain from recording its Oriental congener. MorBoRA, gen. nov. Allied to Odontoscelis, but body more convex; lateral margins of head and pronotum strongly and longly spinous. Head with the eyes sessile, its frontal and apical lateral margins longly spinous; between the eyes and this anterior spinous margin is a distinct lateral peduncle with its extre- mity spinous; lateral lobe moderately convex and elevated. Pronotum with the lateral margins laminate and longly spinous, acutely truncate before the eyes. Abdomen with the lateral margins shortly spinous ; abdomen beneath with an oblique sericeous patch on each side and situate on the third, fourth, and fifth segments. Rostrum reaching the posterior coxe. Morbora australis, sp. n. Brownish ochraceous ; head coarsely and darkly punctate, with a central ochraceous fascia more or less margined with black; pronotum with its anterior area somewhat irregularly foveate, its posterior area a little paler and darkly punctate. Scutellum thickly and coarsely punctate. Body beneath and legs brownish ochraceous; abdomen with a dull black seri- ceous patch on each side of disk ; femora with an ochraceous spot beneath a little before apex. Long. 6 millim. Hab. Australia, Peak Downs (coll, Dist.). GRAPHOSOMINA. Genus ‘’RIGONOSOMA. Trigonosoma Fischert, Trigonosoma Fischeri, Herr.-Schaff. Wanz. Ins. ix. p. 331 (1853). Trigonosoma Desfontainit, Dall. (nec Fabr.) List Hem, i. p. 46. n. 1 (1851). ; Trigonosoma falcata, Walk. (nec Cyrillo) Cat. Het.i. p. 64. n. 1 (1867). Trigonosoma Fischeri, Walk. loc. cit. p. 65. n. 5. Trigonosoma confusum, Kirby, Journ, Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xxiv. p. 17 (1891). Ceylon is certainly a wrong locality for this species. 48 Mr. W. L. Distant on Genus BoLsocoris. Bolbocoris reticulatus. Bolbocoris ? reticulatus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 45. n. 2 (1851). Eurygaster incomptus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 67. n. 10 (1867). Genus ANCYROSOMA. Ancyrosoma affine. Trigonosoma affine, Westw. in Hope Cat. Hem. i. p. 12 (1887). Closely allied to A. albolineata, Fabr., but with the second longitudinal carina on each half of the scutellum nearly straight, not strongly waved. Genus Popops. Podops limosa. Podops limosus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 72. n. 17 (1867). Walker appends to his description the remark :—“ The colour distinguishes it from P. niger (Dall.), with which it agrees in structure.” This is totally incorrect, the P. niger, Dall., having the lateral margins of the pronotum convexly sinuate and reflexed. In structure P. limosa resembles P. coarctata, Walk., but can be recognized by some longitu- dinal series of punctures to the scutellum. Podops coarctata. Cimex coarctatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 530 (1798). Scotinophara coarctata, Atkins, Notes Ind. Rhynch. Heter. ii. p. 195 (1887). Podops spinosus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 73. n. 18 (1867). Podups nasalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 73. n. 19. Podops exacta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 74. n. 24. Podops spinifera. Podops spinifera, Westw. in Hope, Cat. Hem. i. p. 16 (1837). Podops funestus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 521 (1868). Podops asper, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 72. n. 10 (1867). This species is founded on two specimens; the condition of both, however, is so deplorable that at present nothing definite can be said as to specific validity or generic correctness. Scutellerinee and Graphosomine. 49 Podops conspersus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 71 (1867). Does not belong to the Graphosominz at all, and will be located subsequently. Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species. Scutellerineg and Graphosominz. Genera considered valid. Fitha, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 45 (1867). Testrina, Walk. loc. cit. p. 61. Testrica, Walk. loc. cit. p. 69. Genera treated as synonymic. Sophela, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 17 (1867),= Zamprocoris, Stal. Teressa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 118, = Brachycerocoris, Costa. Species considered valid and described under correct Genera. Coleotichus nigrovarius, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 2. n. 5 (1867), discrepans, Walls. loc. cit. p. 2. n. 7. excellens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 3. n. 8. Spherocoris annulatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 6. n. 14. Pecilocoris saturatus, Walk. loc. ert. p. 10. n. 17. Tetrarthria varia, Walk. loc. cit. p. 18. n. 1. flexuosa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 21. n. 12. — maculata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 22. n. 14. amena, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 508 (1868). Fitha ardens, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 45. n. 1 (1867). Pachycoris chrysomelinus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 52. n. 38. Symphylus divergens, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 517 (1868). ramivitta, Walk. loc, cit. p. 518. Hotea nigrorufa, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 57. n. 6 (1867), Testrina laticollis, Walk. loc. ctt. p. 61. Eurygaster sinicus, Walk. lve, cit. p. 67. n. 9. Testrica antica, Walk. loc. cit. p. 70. Phimodera torpida, Walk. loc. cit. p. 75, n. 4. Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision. Spherocoris cyaneosparsus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 6. n. 17 (1867), belongs to gen. Hyperoncus. circuliferus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 7. un. 18, belongs to gen. Damedlia, gen. Nov. Tetrarthria fasciata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 20. n. 9, belongs to gen. Calliphara. peltophoroides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 22. n. 18, ‘i Chrysocoris, Jlagrans, Walk. loe. cit. p. 24. n. 19, belongs to gen. Calliphara. Libyssa purpurascens, Walk. (oc, cit. iii. p. 509 (1868), belongs to gen, Callidea. Callidea rufopicta, Walk. loc, cit. i. p. 26. n. 2 (1867), belongs to gen. Cryptacrus. —— spilogastra, Walk. loc. cit. p. 80. n. 22, belongs to gen. Chrysocoris, balteata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 34. n. 40, belongs to gen. Philia. subapicalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 36. n. 45, ee e femorata, Walk. loc. cit, p. 38. n, 49, Pe . Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 4 50 Mr. W. L. Distant on Callidea quadrinotata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 38. n. 51, belongs to gen. Calh- hara. cera Walk. loc. cit. p. 40. n. 55, belongs to gen. Chrysocoris. erythrina, Walk. loc. cit. p. 44. n. 64, ne Philia. melanophora, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 518 (1868), belongs to gen. Chry- socoris. distinguenda, Walk. loc. cit. p. 514, belongs to gen. Phila. Pachycoris cassidoides, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 48. n. 16 (1867), belongs to gen. Ascanius. propinguus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 50, n. 30, belongs to gen. Polytes. cyphonoides, Walk. loc, cit. p. 50. n. 31, 4 Symphy/us. leucospilus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 51. n. 38, rivulosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 51. n. 34, — trinotatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 51. n. 35, leucotelus, Walk. loe. cit. p. 52. n. 36, Symphylus vittatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 55. n. 10, 5 i granulatus, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 516 (1868), belongs to gen. Polytes. ” ” ” f Achates. ” ” —— divergens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 516 (nee p. 517), 7 Orsilo- chus. Hotea? diffusa, Walk. loc. cit. 1. p. 57. n. 7 (1868), 5 Dero- plax. Agonosoma scitula, Walk. loc. cit. p. 60. n. 9, belongs to gen. Dystus. Bolbocoris brevilinea, Walk. loc. cit, p. 68. n. 8, % Camirus. Species treated as synonymic. Coleotichus sordidus, Walk, Cat. Het. i. p. 1. n. 4 (1867),=C. fuscus, Vollenh. testaceus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 2. n. 6,=C. artensis, Montr. Pecilocoris anisospilus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 9. n. 11,=P. Hardwicki, Westw. melanocephalus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 10. n. 16,= Chrysocoris atricapillus, Guér. Cryptacrus signifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 11. n. 3,= Graptocoris aulicus, Germ., var. personatus, Stal. erotyloides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 11. n. 4,=Anoplogonius nigricollis, Sign., var. silphoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 12. n. 5,= Anoplogonius nigricollis, Sign., var. Tectocoris pusillus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 18. n. 8,= 7. lineola, Fabr. obliquus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 18. n. 4,= 7. lineola, Fabr., near var. diopthalmus, Thunb. Cantao bandanus, Walk. Cat, Hem. Het. i. p, 14. n. 4 (1867),=C. purpu- ratus, Westw. inscitus, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 506 (1868),= C. rudis, Vollenh. conscitus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 507,=C. rudis, Vollenh. Scutellera cyaneovitta, Walk. loc. cit. 1. p. 16. n. 7 (1867),= Brachyaulax oblonga, Westw. —— buprestoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 16. n. 8,= Brachyaulax oblonga, Westw., var. maculigera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 16. n. 9,= Brachyaulaz oblonga, Westw. —— pubescens, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 507 (1868),= Brachyaulax oblonga, Westw. Tetrarthria lineata, Walk. loc. cit. i, p. 18. n. 2 (1867),=T7. variegata, Dall., var. — tetraspila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 19. n. 8,= Chrysocoris grandis, Thunb. congrua, Walk. loc. ett. p. 20. n. 7,= 7. variegata, Dall., var. Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 51 Tetrarthria rutila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 20. n. 8, = Chrysocoris quadri- maculatus, Vollenh., var. Schlegeli, Vollenh. sobria, Walk. loc. cit. p. 21. n. 10, = Calliphara praslinia, Guér. lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 21. n. 11,= 7. variegata, Dall., var. cleroides, Walk. oc. cit. p. 23. n. 15,= Chrysocoris quadrimaculatus, Vollenh. —— nigra, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23. n. 16,= Calliphara praslinia, Guér. basalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23. n. 17, T. maculata, Walk. mesozona, Walk. loc. cit. p. 24. n. 18, = Chrysocoris sellatus, White. Calhidea histeroides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23. n. 16,=Lamprocoris Roylit, Westw. scripta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 17,= Lamprocoris Roylit, Westw. — gibbula, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 18,= Lamprocoris Royli, Westw. porphyricola, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 19, = Chrysocoris Stollit, Wolff. contraria, Walk. loc. cit. p. 30. n. 21,= Lamprocoris lateralis, Guér. erythrospila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 33. n. 38, = Calliphara regalis, Fabr. — semirufa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 34. n. 39,= Calliphara regalis, Fabr. — binotata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 34. n. 41,=Chrysocoris sellatus, White, var. chromatica, White. — biplaga, Walk. loc. cit. p. 35. n. 42,= Calliphara regalis, Fabr. laticineta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 35. n. 43,= Calliphara dimidiata, Dall. ampla, Walk. loc. cit. p. 35, n. 44,= Chrysocoris atricapillus, Guér., var. variabilis, Vollenh. — fulgida, Walk. loc. cit. p. 36. n. 46,= Philia fastuosa, Vollenh. solita, Walk. loc. cit, p. 36. n. 47,= Phiha fastuosa, Vollenh. —— munda, Walk. loc. cit. p. 37. n. 48,= Phiia jactator, Stal. tessellata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 38. n. 50,= Chrysocoris coxalis, Stal. ebenina, Walk. loc. cit. p. 39. n. 52,= Calliphara praslinia, Guér., var. —— proxima, Walk. loc. cit. p. 39. n. 53,= Chrysocoris coxalis, Stal. curtula, Walk. loc. cit, p. 39. n. 54,= Philia femorata, Walk. collaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 40. n. 56,= Phila femorata, Walk. discoidalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 41. 0. 57,= Philia fastuosa, Vollenh. Jtammigera, Walk. loc, cit. p. 42. n. 59, = Philia ditissima, Vollenh. sulaca, Walk. loc, cit. p. 42. n. 60, = Philia jactator, Stal. galerucoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 43. n. 61,= Carysocoris partita, Walk., var. Jucunda, Walk. loc. cit. p. 44. n. 66,= Chrysocoris Germari, Erichs., var. consul, Vollenh. sodalis, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 513 (1868), = Chrysocoris melanophora, Walk. quadrifera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 514,= Calliphara bifasciata, White. Pachycoris guttipes, Walk. loc. cit, i. p. 47. n. 11 (1867),= Tetyra farcta, Germ. -— delineatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 48. n. 17,=Sphyrocoris obliquus, Germ. apicalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 50. n. 32, = Lobothyreus lobatus, Westw. quadristriga, Walk. loc, cit. p. 52. n. 387,=Augocoris ruguiosus, H.-S. Symphylus plagiatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 55. n. 11,=S. rivulosus, Walk. apicifer, Walk. loc. cit, ili. p. 516 (1868),=S. deplanatus, H.-S. bipustulatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 517,=S. deplanatus, H.-S. signatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 517,= Lobothyreus lobatus, Westw. politus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 518, =Droleus Bosen, Fabr, oculatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 519,= Camirus conicus, Germ. Hotea melanaria, Walk. loc, cit. i, p. 56. n, 3 (1867),=H. subfasciata, Westw. 4* 52 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera Hotea picea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 56. n. 4,= Deroplax cireumducta, Germ. nasuta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 58. n. 9,= H. curculionordes, H.-S. Euryaster incomptus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 67. n. 10, = Bolbocoris reticulatus, Dall. Podops conspersus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 71. 0.9. Not belonging to either of the subfamilies here treated. asper, Walk. loc. cit. p. 72. n. 10. Condition too bad for identifica- tion. spinosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 73. n. 18,=P. courctata, Fabr. nasalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 73. n. 19,= P. coarctata, Fabr. exactus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 74. n. 24,= P. coarctata, Fabr. Funestus, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 521 (1868),= P. spinifera, Westw. Teressa terranea, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 118. n. 1 (1867),=Brachycerocoris camelus, Costa. To be treated as non-existent. Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum. Pecilocoris plenisignatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 9. n. 13 (1867). Tectocoris amboinensis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 14. n. 5. Scutellera humeralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 17. n. 10. Hotea circumeincta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 57. n. 8. Podops terricolor, Walk. loc. cit. p. 71. n. 8. Species the types of which are supposed to be in Australia. Bolbocoris mimicus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 63, n, 6 (1867). National Museum, Melbourne. subpunctatus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 63. n. 7. National Museum, Mel- bourne, Podops teter, Walk. loc. cit. p. 74. n. 23. National Museum, Melbourne. Spherocoris subnotatus, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 505 (1868). National Mu- seum, Melbourne. Il].—Deseription of a new Genus and some new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Oriental Zoological Region. By P. CAMERON. Sapygide. This family may now be added to the fauna of the Oriental zoological region. It is of small extent. The few species known hitherto are from Europe and North America. Polochrum flavicolle, sp. n. Nigrum, flavo-maculatum ; pedibus nigris, femoribus supra flavo- maculatis ; alis fere hyalinis, apice fumatis. Long. 12mm. 9. Antenne black, the scape and second joint yellow beneath ; from the Oriental Zoological Region. 53 the scape covered with long white hair; the flagellum almost bare. Head black, strongly and deeply rugosely punctured and rather thickly covered with white hair; the eye-incision and the lower orbits, a small line on the inner orbits above, the sides of the clypeus, a mark above it triangularly nar- rowed on the top, and an interrupted line on the middle of the front, fulvous yellow. Pro- and mesothorax rugosely punc- tured, the median segment more closely and finely punctured ; the base of the pronotum, a large oval inner and a smaller outer mark on the sides of the scutellum, a larger more elon- gate mark opposite the tegule, a narrow line on the sides of the postscutellum, and a mark on the mesopleuree under the fore wings, fulvous yellow. — Legs black, thickly covered with white hair; the apex of the fore femora, the apical part of the middle and the greater part of the hinder femora yellow above. Wings hyaline; the radial and the upper part of the cubital cellules to a less extent smoky; the stigma and ner- vures are black; the first transverse cubital nervure is curved, the others are straight, oblique; the first recurrent is received in the middle, the second in the basal fourth of the cellule. Abdomen shining, smooth ; the base of the third and fourth segments and the greater part of the last three segments above lemon-yellow. The pygidium is keeled down the middle, as is also the basal half of the last ventral segment; the basal three ventral segments are incised in the middle, the basal not so distinctly as the other two; in the middle of the second segment is an oval yellow mark; the third has the sides yellow at the base. I place this species in Polochrum rather than in Sapyga because the third cubital cellule is not narrowed at the top and because the antenne are not so distinctly clavate. In the species here described the antenne are scarcely so long as the thorax and the flagellum is not distinctly narrowed at the base. Khasia Hills, Sphegide. Sceliphron tibiale, sp. n. Long. 19-20 mm. In Bingham’s table (Faun. Brit. Ind., Hym. p. 236) this species comes into ‘‘ A. Colours black and yellow,” “a. Meso- notum striate,” and “ 57, Comparatively small (16-18 mm.),” ~ which will be now divided :— 54 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera Legs yellow, the apical half of the femora and tibize RIES 1 5. scan ecg seth tees dk pis Ole Man pica alts aera madraspatanum. Legs rufous, the hinder femora above and the hinder ii bres entirely black... 5 S08. en 45%. «a meee tibiale. Head black, the greater part of the clypens yellow; the apex of the clypeus and the mandibles ferruginous; the front, vertex, and occiput thickly covered with long pale fulvous hair ; the cheeks with golden pubescence ; the clypeus sparsely with long fuscous hair. The clypeus at the apex roundly bilobate, bare; the mandibles black at the base and apex; the palpirufo-testaceous, black at the base. The scape of the antenne rufous; the flagellum black, the apex of the third joint and the fourth on the underside rufous. Thorax black; a line on the pronotum above, a large trans- verse mark (rounded and narrowed at the ends), two oblique marks (broad at the base, narrowed towards the apex) on the end of the basal lobe of the median segment, the apex of the segment broadly, the tegule, tubercles, a mark under them (narrow and oblique at the top, larger and more trian- gular below), and a triangular mark under the hind wings yellow. The pronotum is depressed in the middle above; the mesonotum is closely transversely striated, covered with long fuscous hair ; the scutellum closely longitudinally striated, most strongly on the sides. Median segment thickly covered with long fuscous hair; the basal part distinctly raised and separated from the apical, broadly furrowed down the middle of the basal part ; the apical deeply triangularly depressed at the apex. Propleurze smooth, deeply excavated in the middle behind ; the mesopleuree and metapleure closely and slightly obliquely striated, the latter more strongly towards the apex. Wings tulvo-hyaline, distinctly smoky at the apex; the costa and stigma testaceous, the nervures paler. All the coxa and trochanters are black ; the rest of the legs rufous; the femora broadly black at the base above; the tibize black above; the posterior femora black above, the tibize entirely black; the basal two joints of the tarsi black at the apex, the other joints entirely black; the calearia with a thick brush on the basal half. Petiole black, shorter than the rest of the abdomen ; the apex of the second segment broadly, of the others more narrowly yellow ; the apical almost entirely rufous, smooth above, the sides coarsely punctured, A distinct species. Khasia Hills. from the Oriental Zoological Region. 5d CZNOPSEN, gen. nov. ?. Comes nearest to Psen, with which it agrees in the neuration of the wings and in the form of the abdomen, but may be readily known from that genus by the second joint of the antennez (pedicle) being not small, but as long as the third joint ; the antenne themselves are longer, more slender, and not dilated towards the apex, resembling more those of a male than of a female. Antenne distinctly longer than the head and_ thorax united ; all the joints elongate; the scape as long as the second joint, slightly curved. yes large, reaching near to the base of the mandibles, parallel on the lower half; the ocelli :.* Clypeus roundly convex, its apex transverse and depressed in the middle. Labrum small, rounded. Man- dibles? Parapsidal furrows obsolete. Base of median segment depressed, the depression clearly defined, striated, the rest of the segment irregularly reticulated. Tarsi pilose, without spines, the base of the anterior roundly incised ; the anterior spur curved, bifid at the apex; the outer spur of the posterior curved, dilated at the base, the inner spur shorter and narrower. Anterior wings with three transverse cubital nervures; the first recurrent nervure is received in the basal fourth of the cellule, the second is interstitial. In the hind wings the transverse anal nervure is received beyond the cubital. Abdomen with a long curved petiole, which is as long as its dilated apex and the second segment united; the apical ventral segments are fringed with stiff hairs, and more particularly the fourth. Pygidial area smooth, keeled late- rally. The head behind the eyes is obliquely narrowed and is there nearly as long as the eyes; the occiput is sharply margined. The antenne are placed opposite the middle of the eyes; between them is a short distinct keel, narrowed at the top and bottom ; the coxe and trochanters of moderate size; the mesosternum furrowed down the apex; the tubercles are large and are placed distinctly in front of the tegule; the eyes have a narrowed but distinct furrow surrounding them; the episternal furrow on the mesopleure is distinct, wide, and deep ; the pronotum is clearly separated from the mesonotum ; the scutellum and postscutellum large, not much raised. Cenopsen fuscinervis, sp. n. Niger; capite thoraceque dense pilosis; alis hyalinis, stigmate nervisque fuscis. Q. Long. 10 mm. Antenne stout, twice the length of the thorax, the apical 56 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera joints slightly dilated on the lower side, the second joint as long as the third; the scape sparsely covered with white hair; the flagellum bare. Head shining; the face, clypeus, and labrum thickly covered with silvery hair; the front and vertex strongly and closely punctured except near the eyes, and thickly covered with long fuscous hair. Mesonotum strongly and closely punctured ; the parapsidal furrows only indicated at the base. ‘The scutellum is not so strongly punctured as the mesonotum ; on the outer side of the post- scutellum is a distinct slightly convex keel. In the centre of the basal area of the median segment are two stout straigit keels ; the rest of it with stout oblique keels; the apex of the segment is almost perpendicular and is furrowed down the middle; in the middle, on either side, are three stout oblique keels, ending at the edge in three small areew. Pro- and mesopleure smooth ; the tubercles fringed behind by white pubescence ; on the base of the mesopleure is a wide deep furrow which is bent in the middle; the longitudinal furrow is narrow: the base of the metapleure is depressed ; on the lower side is a narrow oblique furrow; the apex is irregu- larly stoutly reticulated ; in front of this part are some longi- tudinal keels. Mesosternum shining, smooth, the central furrow shallow, wide, at the base closely transversely striated. Legs black, covered with longish white hair; the calcaria fulvous. ‘The stigma and nervures are fuscous, the former with amore rufous tint; the first cubital cellule is about one half the length of the third; the first recurrent nervure is received in the basal fourth of the cellule, the second is inter- stitial. Abdomen smooth and shining; the narrowed part of the petiole longer than its dilated apex and the second segment united, smooth, its sides covered with long white hair; the second ventral segment has a deep furrow at the base, this furrow occupying the entire base, and at the sides is covered with white hair; the apices of the third and fourth ventral segments are fringed with longish hair. Khasia [ills. Dolichurus reticulatus, sp. n. Niger, longe albo-hirsutus ; alis hyalinis, stigmate fusco. g. Long. 8 mm. Antenne as long as the body, black, the apical joints distinctly narrowed and more or less brownish; the scape covered with black hair; the flagellum bare. Head black except for the apex of the antennal tubercle, which is yellowish white ; the vertex is smooth and impunctate; the Srom the Oriental Zoological Region. 57 front reticulated distinctly and more closely from the middle of the ocellar region; the face and clypeus thickly covered with long white hair and keeled in the middle. Mandibles smooth, testaceous near the apex; the palpi pilose, dark fuscous. Thorax black, thickly covered with long white hair ; on either side of the pronotum above is a white tubercle- like mark. Median segment reticulated, the centre with two longish slightly oblique keels, bounded at the apex by a transverse one; the apex of the segment is oblique. Post- scutellum stoutly longitudinally striated. Pro- and meso- pleuree smooth ; the metapleurz obliquely striated. Wings hyaline, iridescent ; the nervures are paler than the costa or stigma; the first transverse cubital nervure is obliquely curved above and has, at the angle thus formed, a distinct branch at the base. Abdomen shining, closely but not strongly punctured; the third segment is depressed at the apex and closely transversely striated; the ventral segments are closely punctured, the apex of the third is depressed and striated at the sides. D. bipunctatus, Bingham, from Burma, comes near to this species, but may be known from it by the head in front being densely punctured, not reticulated. The sides of the meso- notum at the base are raised near to the tegule, which are edged with white at the base; the antennal lamina is trian- gularly depressed in the middle, its apex not quite transverse ; the furrow on the centre of the mesosternum is distinct, the lateral one is narrower and indistinct towards the apex. This makes the fourth species of Dolichurus known from India. Khasia Hills. Ampulex (thinopsis) nigricans, sp. n. Niger, abdominis apice rufo ; alis hyalinis, apice fumato. 9. Long. 8 mm. Comes into Bingham’s section ‘ B. a‘. Petiole linear at base, nodose at apex,” which is now divided :— ? 3 Thorax and lems entirely black. jv... os cies whe wee vos nigricans. Thorax for the greater part rufous, as are also the legs.. constancee, Thorax and legs entirely black. Antenne almost bare, perceptibly thickened towards the apex, the third joint more than twice the length of the fourth. Head opaque, sparsely covered with short white pubescence; the vertex coarsely aciculated ; the front obscurely reticulated, indistinctly fur- rowed down the middle. Clypeus aciculated, shining at the 58 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera base, convex, the sides with an oblique slope; the apex in the middle ending in a stout triangular tooth. Eyes almost parallel, hardly converging at the top, where they are sepa- rated by slightly less than the length of the third antennal joint. Mesonotum aciculated ; the furrows deep, moderately wide, and stoutly and closely crenulated throughout ; there is another crenulated furrow along the sides. The three central keels on the metanotum reach near to the apex and end in a reticulated space; the central keel is straight; the outer curved, converging towards the apex; the space en- closed by them is transversely striated, the stria being dis- tinctly separated; the sides are more closely striated; the lateral apical tooth is large, smooth, rounded, and slightly narrowed on the top; the apex of the segment has an almost perpendicular slope and is thickly covered with short white pubescence, the upper half rough, the lower finely transversely striated and furrowed down the middle. The propleuree aciculated ; near the bottom is a narrow furrow, above the middle is a wider, deeper, crenulated furrow, which does not extend quite to the end. ‘The mesopleure opaque, hollowed above behind the tubercles, the middle with a broad belt of large deep irregular punctures; the lower edge is bordered by a distinct crenulated furrow. The upper half of the meta- pleuree largely reticulated, the lower smooth. Wings hyaline; there is a broad smoky band occupying the whole of the radial, of the second cubital, the apex of the first cubital, and extending on to the apex of the second discoidal; the appendicular cellule is distinct, elongate, open at the apex ; the first cubital cellule is, on the lower side, longer than the other two united; the first recurrent nervure is received in the middle, the second in the basal third of the cellule. Legs black ; the penultimate joint of the fore tarsi is more dilated than the others; the base of the metatarsus is slightly incised ; the claws bifid, the basal claw the smaller. Abdomen with the petiole as long as the dilated part of the segment, narrow, closely longitudinally striated, Khasia Hills. Mutillide. The species here described have been taken chiefly at Barrackpore, Bengal, by Mr. G. A. J. Rothney. It is un- fortunate that the male Mutillida should have to be described without reference to the females; but in our present state of knowledge there is no other course open tous. I am, how- from the Oriental Zoological Region. 59 ever, glad to be able to fix beyond doubt the male of M. sea- maculata, one of the best-known of the Indian species. I may take this opportunity of pointing out that Col. C. T. Bingham has omitted from his ‘ Fauna of British India, Hymenoptera,’ Mutilla indefensa, Cam., described by me (‘ Memoirs Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manch.’ xli. p. 63) from Bombay, i. Clypeus bidentate. Mutilla bidens, sp. n. Nigra, abdominis segmentis 1° et 2° rufis; clypeo emarginato ; alis fusco-violaceis, basi fere hyalinis. ¢. Long. 9-10 mm. Scape of antenne shining, sparsely punctured, above with a few white hairs; the flagellum stout, distinctly tapering towards the apex; opaque, covered with a pale down; the third and fourth joints equal in length. Vertex shining, behind the ocelli coarsely and closely punctured, at their sides much more sparsely punctured; the ocellar region distinctly raised, strongly punctured all over; the ocelli are placed at the sides of the raised part. Clypeus raised gradually from the base to the apex, the sides also raised; the apex is deeply and roundly incised in the middle, the sides at the apex appearing as stout, large, bluntly triangular teeth; the apex on the lower side truncated. Mandibles with only one long apical tooth ; the tooth on the lower side behind the middle is large, the base is punctured and covered with long white hair. Pronotum coarsely punctured, its hinder edge dis- tinctly raised; the pleurz have some stout, irregular, oblique keels; in front of the tegule is a large patch of dense silvery pubescence ; the remainder is sparsely covered with long pale hair. Scutellum not much raised, shining, the sides bearing large, deep, widely separated punctures and long black hairs ; the middle is smooth and shining; there is a furrow down the base in the middle and a longer one, slightly narrowed in the middle, on the apical part. The basal half of the median segment has a thick covering of white pubescence which com- pletely hides the texture; the apex has an oblique slope, is reticulated and covered rather thickly with long fuscous hairs. Mesopleure coarsely punctured in the middle, thickly covered with longish white hair; the apical half of the metapleure reticulated. Legs thickly covered with white hair; the calcaria white. Wings fuscous, with a slight violaceous tinge, paler, more hyaline at the base, the nervures dark 60 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera fuscous, the radial cellule short and wide; the basal abscissa of the radius is sharply and distinctly angled above the middle; the apical is straight above, oblique below; the second and third cubital cellules are equal in length above ; the first recurrent nervure is received shortly beyond, the second almost in the middle of, the cellule; the radial and cubital cellules are lighter in tint than the apex of the wings. Abdomen black ; the second, third, and the base of the fourth segments ferruginous; the petiole is coarsely punctured, its apex and the apices of the second and third segments are fringed with golden pubescence; the other segments are fringed with white ; the pygidium is covered with long black hair ; the ventral keel is curved, its apex projecting into a large somewhat triangular tooth; on the sides of the hypo- pygidium is a large, stout, slightly curved keel, which becomes gradually larger towards the apex as seen from the sides. This species forms the type of a new group, which may be defined as follows :— Clypeus largely projecting, becoming broader from the base to the apex and hollowed in the middle; the apex ends in two large somewhat triangular teeth. Mandibles longish, the apex ending in one long tooth; the lower tooth is large. Ocellar region raised. Hye-incision rounded at the base. Pronotum raised behind. Mesonotum without longitudinal furrows. Scutellum furrowed down the middle. Radial cellule short, wide; there are three cubital cellules. Basal segment of the abdomen subsessile ; the last ventral segment provided on either side with a stout keel, which becomes gradually wider towards the apex. On the inner side of the hinder coxe at the apex is a stout shining tooth, rounded at the apex. The occiput is not sharply margined; the pronotum is raised behind; the parapsidal furrows distinct; on the lower side of the second abdominal segment is a longitudinal keel, covered with a short pile; below this is a smooth, glabrous, broader keel. il. Clypeus not bidentate. a. Scutellum distinctly conical. Muiilla cona, sp. n. Nigra, abdomine rufo, basi apiceque nigris ; capite thoraceque dense argenteo-pilosis; scutello rugose punctato; alis fusco-violaceis. ¢. Long. 17 mm. Scape covered with longish hair, grooved beneath ; the from the Oriental Zoological Region. 61 third and fourth joints are nearly equal in length. Head below the ocelli thickly covered with longish white pubes- cence, the vertex more sparsely with shorter pubescence intermixed with long fuscous hair. Clypeus smooth and shining, depressed, the sides slightly, the apex more distinctly raised; the front and vertex strongly punctured, smooth at the sides of the ocelli, which are distinctly raised. Man- dibles at the base thickly covered with white intermixed with fulvous hair; the palpi black. Pronotum strongly punctured, thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the sides of the pleuree with stout widely separated keels. Meso- notum deeply rugosely punctured, the punctures running into reticulations and much larger and deeper towards the apex; the hair is long and black. Scutellum strongly rugosely punctured except in the middle on the extreme apex above, this portion having a shallow furrow in the middle ; the hair on the base is black, on the apex longer and paler ; the postscutellum is smooth in the middle, the sides punc- tured. ‘The base of the median segment is thickly covered with depressed silvery pubescence, which completely hides the texture ; the apex is closely reticulated and covered with long fuscous hair. The middle of the mesopleure is sparsely and shallowly punctured and thickly covered with white pubescence ; the metapleure reticulated except at the base above and in the middle. Mesosternum rugosely punctured except in the middle. Legs thickly covered with long white hairs, the spurs pale. Wings fuscous violaceous; the basal abscissa of the radius is straight, oblique; the apical is roundly curved above the middle; the first transverse cubital nervure is oblique, with only a slight curve. Basal segment of the abdomen black except at the apex, and is covered with long white hair; the ventral keel at the apex projects into a short somewhat triangular tooth ; the second to sixth segments are covered with fulvous hair; the last segment is entirely black and thickly covered with long black hairs; the middle is smooth and shining ; the last ventral segment has on either side a distinct smooth conical tooth, followed by a much larger one, which is curved above and obliquely narrowed on the lower side. This species agrees in form, pubescence, and coloration with the male of M/. sexmaculata, Swed., but is quite distinct. The two species may be separated as follows :— Scutellum in the middle above broadly smooth and shining throughout; the median segment not thickly covered with white pubescence; the sides of the apical two ventral segments marked with BLOW OWNGUG KOCIS "caw weoerisa cau dest «ese ns sexmaculata. 62 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera Scutellum rugose above, the extreme apex only smooth ; the median segment thickly covered with white pubescence, which hides the sculpture ; the sides of the apical two ventral segments armed with BEOUIL LOCUM namics se ene e sisle aia%se Swine vie Osean cond. M. cona may further be known from sexmaculata by the wings not being so deeply violaceous and by having hyaline streaks in the cubital cellules, by the scutellum not being so distinctly pyramidal, by the metathorax not being so dis- tinctly narrowed at the base, by the smaller ventral keel, and by the more strongly punctured mesosternum. Various species have been regarded as the male of M. sea- maculata, but there has always been some doubt under what name, if any, the male has been described. I am now able to put the matter at rest, Mr.G. A. J. Rothney having taken sexmaculata ? tn cop. with its male. I am not sure if this male has been described by anyone ;_ but it comes nearest to the description of dimidiata, Lep. sec. Bingham. ‘The true male is from 20-24 millim. long, is black, with the abdomen red, black at base and apex, the head and thorax deeply covered with white pubescence, and the wings deeply violaceous. Its characteristic points are the pyramidal scutellum, which is broadly smooth and shining above; the ventral keel, pro- jecting shortly beyond the middle into a stout somewhat triangular tooth ; the apical two ventral segments are marked on either side with a stout somewhat oblique keel; the upper part of the apical ventral segment at the sides is smooth and shining ; below this, and above the keel, it is closely punc- tured; the upper part of the mesopleure is tuberculate, as is also the lower, but to a less extent. Mutilla selma, sp. n. Nigra, apice petioli segmentisque 2°-5° rufis; alis violaceis. ¢. Long. 12-13 mm. Scape of antenne sparsely covered with long white hairs. Front rugose ; the vertex sparsely covered with strong punc- tures ; clypeus smooth, shining, glabrous, the middle indis- tinctly keeled. Mandibles shining, broadly rufous before the apex, smooth, sparsely covered with long white and fulvous hair ; the tooth on the lower side at the base is large, longer than broad, rounded at the apex. Pronotum rugosely punc- tured, the base and middle to near the apex smooth and shining. Mesonotum shining, deeply punctured, the punc- tures large, deeper and more widely separated towards the apex, sparsely covered with black hair; the furrows are from the Oriental Zoological Region. 63 moderately wide and deep and reach to the apex; between them at the base in the middle is an elongated smooth spot. Scntellum pyramidal, rugosely punctured, the middle smooth and shining, produced at the apex into a rounded point; at the base is a slight triangular depression. The median segment has a rounded slope, is reticulated, and covered with long pale fulvous hair; the central area is elongated, slightly widened at the base, the sides there oblique. Propleura stoutly obliquely striated except at the apex. Mesopleure coarsely punctured and sparsely covered with long fulvous hair in the middle, the apical half of the metapleure strongly reticulated. Legs thickly covered with pale hairs; the tarsal spines rufous, the calcaria pale. Wings uniformly viola- ceous; the second cubital cellule at the top is nearly one fourth longer than the third. Abdomen rufous; the petiole, except at the apex, and the apical two segments black; the hair on the basal segment is pale, on the middle pale fulvous, on the apical black intermixed with pale; the apex of the pygidium is depressed and sparsely punctured; the middle in front of this depression is slightly raised and smooth. The keel on the basal ventral segment is stout, dilated broadly at the base; the hypopygium is dilated in the middle, the dilatation becoming gradually larger towards the base. Mussooree, N.W. Himalayas. Mutilla fortinata, sp. n. Nigra, dense albo-pilosa, abdominis segmentis 1°, 2°, et 3° ferru- gineis ; alis fusco-violaceis, basi fere hyalinis. ¢. Long. 12-13 mm. Scape of antenne thickly covered with white hairs; the third and fourth joints are almost equal in length, the apical joints are slightly roundly dilated above. Front and vertex strongly punctured, covered with long pale hairs, the front also thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the antennal keels are stout, projecting and curved. Clypeus smooth, shining, glabrous, broadly distinctly keeled in the middle, the sides from the keel oblique; the apex is transverse, the sides oblique, so that the inner side appears depressed. The base of the mandibles thickly covered with long white hairs, the apex on the lower side more sparsely with long golden hair; the basal tooth is stout, blunt. Pronotum strongly rugosely punctured, smooth and shining at the base; the upper part of the propleure strongly rugose, the middle with stout keels, the lower part smooth. Mesonotum punctured, shining, thickly covered with long black hair; the furrows — 64 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera are deep ; opposite the tegule is a smooth irregular longish line ; the median segment closely reticulated, thickly covered with silky pubescence ; the central area is dilated at the base, its sides oblique. Scutellum pyramidal, coarsely rugosely punctured, the centre raised, smooth, shining, the base covered with long black, the apex with longer fuscous, hair. Postscutellum smooth, bordered laterally with stout keels. Mesopleuree punctured in the middle and covered thickly with silvery pubescence; on the lower side of the base is a club-shaped keel. Metapleure reticulated, smooth at the base. Wings fuscous violaceous, paler at the base; the second cubital cellule is longer above and below than the third, the second and third transverse cubital nervures are sharply angled above the middle ; the recurrent nervures near the base of the apical third of the cellules. Legs thickly covered with long white hair. Petiole strongly punctured ; the basal teeth stout, the sides immediately in front of them project ; the ventral keel is roundly and uniformly incised in the middle. The pygidial area is smooth in the middle at the base, the apex is depressed and obscure rufous in the middle; the hypopygium is stoutly obliquely keeled late- rally ; the penultimate segment is keeled. The pubescence on the basal segments is white, on the middle long and golden, on the apical black. b. Scutellum not distinctly conical ; the fore wings more or less hyaline at the base. Mutilla lena, sp. n. Nigra, abdomine ferrugineo, apice basique petioli late nigris; alis fusco-violaceis, basi hyalinis. <¢. Long. 10 mm. Antenne longish, the scape above covered with longish white hair, below much more thickly with short pale pubes- cence; the flagellum almost glabrous, the third and fourth joints equal in length. Front and vertex shining, rather strongly punctured, the vertex sparsely covered with fuscous hair; the front with a broad band of silvery pubescence. Clypeus shining, its apex roundly projecting, the inner side shallowly but distinctly depressed, and finely transversely striated at the apex. Mandibles finely punctured at the base and sparsely covered with long silvery hair; the tooth on the lower side large, longer than broad, conical. Pro- and mesonotum shining, strongly punctured; the pronotum thickly covered with long fuscous, the mesonotum more from the Oriental Zoological Region. 65 sparsely with shorter black, hair; the two furrows are deep and wide. Scutellum scarcely raised above the level of the mesonotum, strongly punctured, the middle on the basal part smooth and shining, the smooth part slightly depressed in the middle at the base; the postscutellum finely rugose.. Median segment reticulated, the apex more closely below, its upper part more irregularly and with a keel down the middle; the reticulations on the basal half are large and irregular; the central area is wide, slightly widened at the base, and it reaches to the apex. There isa large, stout, curved keel near the base of the propleure ; in the middle are three oblique ones; mesopleure rugosely punctured except behind, in the middle thickly covered with white pubescence ; the apex of metapleure reticulated. Mesosternum smooth and shining. Legs black; the hair, calcaria, and spines white. Wings dark fuscous violaceous ; the nervures black ; the second cubital cellule at the top is slightly longer than the third; the first recurrent nervure is received shortly beyond the middle; the upper part of the radius is only at a slightly different angle from the lower. Abdomen ferra- ginous; the base of the petiole and the apical segment black ; the penultimate segment piceous black ; the petiole is strongly but not closely punctured; the ventral keel is slightly roundly curved and a little dilated towards the apex; the pygidium is closely punctured, smooth in the middle; the hypopygium has a stout oblique keel on the sides, which projects into a trian- gular tooth at the apex. Mutilla fianna, sp. n. Nigra, abdominis medio late ferrugineo ; medio scutello levi; alis fusco-violaceis, basi byalinis. 6. Long. 13-14 mm. Front and vertex strongly punctured, the middle of the front thickly covered with silvery pubescence, the vertex sparsely with long fuscous hair. Clypeus smooth, the apex slightly and finely transversely striated, transverse, the sides oblique. Mandibles at the base thickly covered with long pale fulvous hair; the apical joints of the palpi dull testaceous. Pronotum strongly punctured; the upper third of the pro- pleure slightly hollowed, smooth, the rest bearing six or seven stout keels. Mesonotum shining, strongly punctured, sparsely covered with stiff black hairs; the two furrows are wide and deep; in its centre in front is a smooth shining line. Sca- tellum scarcely raised above the mesonotum, its apex has an Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 5 66 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera oblique slope; in the middle is a flat, smooth, shining, broad space, which becomes gradually and slightly wider towards the apex, which is slightly incised in the middle. Median segment thickly covered with depressed pale fulvous pubes- cence; reticulated; the central area large, reaching to the apex, becorning slightly narrowed to the end of the basal third, then more distinctly narrowed towards the apex; the keel surrounding the apical part is stout; the apex itself has a sharply oblique slope and is closely reticulated all over. Mesopleurze strongly punctured and thickly covered with white hair. Metapleure strongly reticulated except at the base. Legs thickly covered with pale hair; the tarsal spines fulvous. Wings deep fuscous violaceous, the base hyaline ; above the second cubital cellule is slightly longer than the third ; both the cellules receive the recurrent nervures shortly behind the middle. Abdomen ferruginous; the petiole, except at the apex, and the apical two segments black ; the ventral keel has a slight curve and projects slightly towards the apex; the middle segments are slightly punctured and fringed with fulvous hair; the last seement is strongly punc- tured except down the middle. Mutilla cara, sp. n. Long. 9 mm. In Bingham’s table (p. 9) this species comes into “6!, Wings dark fulvous, with a purple effulgence,”’ and ‘ d?, Second to fifth segments red,” but is very different from anything there described. It differs from most of the species in the central area of the median segment being of equal width throughout. Scape of antenne thickly covered with long white hair, grooved beneath ; the flagellum stout, thickly covered with a microscopic pile; the third and fourth joints subequal. The front and vertex punctured, thickly covered with silvery pubescence and more sparsely with long pale hair; the eye- incision deep. Clypeus shining, smooth, bare, triangular. Mandibles rufous in the middle, the base thickly covered with Jong hair. Pro- and mesonotum strongly punctured, thickly covered with long blackish hair; it has two longitudinal furrows, which are deeper and wider behind. Scutellum coarsely rugosely punctured ; on the basal half in the centre is a smooth shining space, of equal width and slightly raised and projecting at the apex. Median segment reticulated, the reticulations longer on the basal half, which is, especially in the middle, thickly covered with pale fulvous down; its central area extends to the apex of the basal portion and is o from the Oriental Zoological Region. 67 equal width throughout ; the apex has an oblique slope and is covered with long pale hairs. Propleurs: shining, slightly hollowed; the lower part with four stout keels. Mesopleura strongly punctured in the middle, the base and apex sinooth. Metapleure smooth, the apex strongly reticulated; the base on the lower side faintly and irregularly reticulated. Sternum smooth and shining. Legs black, thickly covered with white hair on the femora and tibiz; the hair on the tarsi stiffer and more rufous in tint, especially on the lower side. Wings uniformly fuscous violaceous; the nervures and stigma black, the second cubital cellule at the top is slightly, at the bottom more distinctly, longer than the third; both the re- current nervures are received near the base of the basal third of the cellules. Abdomen ferruginous; the petiole, except at the apex, and the last segment black ; the petiole sparsely punctured, the sides covered with long pale hair; its ventral keel straight, only very slightly projecting at the base; the second to fifth segments ferruginous, their apices broadly covered with bright golden hair; the apex of the penultimate segment is black and covered also with golden hairs; the last segment is punctured, smooth down the middle, and covered with long white hairs. Mutilla zodiaca, sp. n. Nigra, abdomine rufo, apice nigro; capite thoraceque dense albo- pilosis; alis violaceis. <6. Long. 8 mm. Antenne stout, black; the scape covered with silvery hair, the flagellum with a pale pile. Head densely covered with longish silvery pubescence, which hides the sculpture on the front and vertex; the clypeus thickly covered with long silvery hair. Mandibles broadly rufous in the middle, the base thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Pro- notum thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the plenra smooth except for a few indistinct striz. Mesonotum coarsely punctured, shining, sparsely covered with longish black hairs ; the two furrows are wide and deep. Scutellum rugosely punctured. The apical half of the median segment is thickly covered with depressed silvery pubescence, which completely hides the surface, which is reticulated ; the apex has an oblique slope, is closely reticulated, and is covered with long white hair. Mesopleure punctured and thickly covered with silvery pubescence in the middle; the apex of the metapleure is reticulated ; the base on the lower side is obscurely punctured. Mesosternum opaque, covered with 5* 68 On new Fossorial Hymenoptera. long pale hairs, its base with a row of punctures. Legs black ; the four anterior trochanters rufous; the calcaria pale ; the hair is long and dense. Wings fuscous violaceous ; the stigma and nervures deep black; the second and third cubital cellules are equal in length at the top; below the second cellule is nearly twice the length of the third and receives the recurrent nervure in the middle; the second recurrent is received in the basal third. The petiole is sparsely covered with large punctures and with long pale hair; its basal teeth are large; the ventral keel is short, thick, and straight; the apical half of the segment is sharply oblique ; the second to fifth segments are thickly fringed on the apex with long fulvous hair; the apical with paler fulvous hair; the pygidium is punctured throughout, the punctures stronger towards the apex, which is transverse. Ventral segments punctured, smooth at the base. he tegule bear large scattered punctures and have the edges behind rufous, Allahabad. Thynnide. Methoca violacetpennis, sp. 0. Nigra, dense albo-hirsuta; alis violaceo-hyalinis, nervis stigmateque nigris. 6. Long. 12 mm. Antenne black; the scape covered thickly with long fuscous hair; the flagellum densely with short stiff pubes- cence. Head black, the labrum fuscous, smooth. Clypeus roundly incised at the apex, which is oblique and ends in the middle above in a smooth tubercle-like projection; it is strongly aciculated. ‘The front coarsely punctured; on its lower half in the middle is a wide furrow with oblique sides; the vertex is less strongly punctured. ‘he face, cheeks, and outer orbits are thickly covered with long white, the front and vertex more sparsely with fuscous, hair, ‘Thorax black, shining, thickly covered with white hair; the pronotum roundly, but not much, narrowed in front, distinctly but not very strongly punctured, except at the apex; the mesonotum similarly punctured ; the sides near the base depressed and closely transversely striated ; on the outer side of the depres- sion is a longitudinal furrow which reaches to near the apex. Scutellum punctured like the mesonotum, its base transverse, obliquely depressed ; the upper part of the depression smooth and separated from the lower, which is closely rugose. Median segment closely rugosely punctured; above the middle it is On the Larval Stage of Uypoderma bovis. 69 transversely striated, the stria running into reticulations which are stronger in the centre. Pro- and mesopleure closely punctured except at the apices; the metapleure rugosely punctured except at the base above; the basal furrow distinct, deep, and marked all over with short stout keels, Mesosternum closely punctured, except in the centre ; the furrow is wide and deep and becomes wider and deeper towards the apex. Near the base the mesopleure are raised ; the apex of the raised part curved above, and it is marked at irregular intervals with some stout keels. Legs black, covered with white hair, the ecalcaria rufous. Wings fusco- violaceous ; the stigma and nervures black ; the first trans- verse cubital nervure is oblique, faint above, completely obliterated below; the first recurrent nervure is received shortly beyond the middle, the second in the basal third. Abdomen shining, the basal segments slightly, the apical strongly punctured; the segments strongly constricted at the base, most strongly on the lower side; the constriction on the second segment finely striated. As the fact is not alluded to by Col. Bingham, it may be pointed out that the males in this genus have hairy eyes. This makes the fourth Indian species. Khasia Hills. 1V.— The Larval Stage of Hypoderma bovis. By P. KoorEVAAR, Veterinary Surgeon to the Amsterdam Public Abattoir *. Av a meeting of the Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging held in October 1895 Dr. C. Ph. Sluiter exhibited certain Gstrus-larve which had been found by myself in the spinal canal of a young bullock. Since then I have met with Msérus-larve in the vertebral canal in the case of a large number of cattle from nine to eighteen months old and in certain full-grown animals up to the age of six years. The larve lie freely in the fatty tissue between the dura mater spinalis and the periosteum, especially in the hinder- most portion as far as the cauda equina. In the fresh condition the larve are of a transparent white colour, with a light green interior. ‘hey are segmented and oblong in shape; the segmentations are more distinctly * Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘ Tijdschrift der Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging,’ 2e serie, deel v. (1898) pp. 29-34. 70 Mr. P. Koorevaar on the visible in specimens preserved in spirit than in the fresh Jarve. The dimensions of these spinal larve vary considerably ; in a collection that I formed between October and February there is one specimen measuring 5 millim. in length by 4 millim. in breadth; the remainder are from 6 to 14 millim. long and from 1 to 23 millim. broad. In the warm fat, before it has become solid, the larve lie extended; if they are set free they assume a curved shape and contract, becoming in consequence considerably shorter and thicker; in this contracted condition the annulations are also distinctly visible. As regards other details these grubs have the characteristics of Gistrid larve. In the year 1884 M. Hinrichsen, a veterinary surgeon, in dissecting a tuberculous bullock, found the first specimen of these larve in the spinal canal ; in 1888 he published in the ‘ Archiv fiir wissenscbaftliche und praktische Thierheilkuude,’ Bd. xiv., an account of the examination of thirty-nine cattle. In the case of fourteen of these (for the most part the younger animals) he met with from one to twenty larve in a ern of the vertebral column. So long ago as 1863 rof. Brauer described and figured these larve in his ‘ Mono- graphie der Cstriden,’ but the fact that they occur in numbers in the spinal canal was nevertheless new. Further statements as to the finding of these larve in the neural canal in cattle are also given by Hinrichsen, Horne, and Ruser in the ‘ Zeitschrift fir Fleisch und Milchhygiene ’ tor 1895. Hinrichsen considered these Mstrus-larve to be the first stage of Hypoderma bovis, which was till then unkuown ; and Prof. Brauer agreed with this opinion. Owing to the frequent occurrence of this larva in the spinal canal Horne was led to consider the latter as the normal hidden resting-place ot Hypoderma bovis. In the middle of January I met with the first specimens of Hypoderma-larve beneath the skin; on a closer examination ten more Gstrus-larvee were found in the epidural fat of the vertebral canal. ‘Lhe occurrence of Hypoderma-larve beneath the skin, in what are known as warbles, and at the same time of Wstrus- Jarve in the spinal canal in the same animal, was repeatedly observed in the months of January, February, and March in the slaughtered cattle at the abattoir. lt is remarkable that in size and form the largest spinal larve do not differ trom the youngest Hypoderma-larve in the subcutis; the subcutaneous larve are somewhat less Larval Stage of Hypoderma bovis. 71 transparent; the older subcutaneous larve (third stage) are dull white and marked with darker transverse bands; later on they become noticeably thicker and pyriform; the colour changes to more of a greyish yellow, and subsequently to dark brown; these larve have become incapsulated, have perforated the integument, and produce the well-known warbles in the skin. In the months referred to one frequently finds that the spinal larve have crawled out of the fat and are lying in the spaces between the vertebre; occasionally they are found with one extremity in the intervertebral spaces. On the 28th of last February [1896] I also made an inter- esting discovery ; in a yearling beast with a large number of Hypoderma-larve beneath the skin—the subcutis on the back and loins was violently inflamed and suppurating—three spinal larvee were discovered in addition. On examining the very oedematous cesophagus, I found thirteen Géstrus-larvee in the connective tissue between the mucosa and the muscu- laris ; in size, shape, and colour they were similar to the larvee lying in the spinal canal. In the same way on two occasions after this I also met with Gstrus-larve in the wall of the cesophagus. Cstrus- larve: have likewise been found in the cesophageal wall by Curtice ; it afterwards appeared that these were the larve of Hypoderma lineatum, which occurs in the United States. The interesting statement is also made by Horne that in the case of a young bullock he found the whole carcase so full of Hypoderma-larve that it had to be withdrawn from consumption. Are these spinal and cesophageal larve really those of Hypoderma bovis in the first stage ? The great agreement between the youngest subcutaneous and the largest spinal larvee in the same animal, the appear- ance of larve under the skin, coupled with the disappearance of the larve from the spinal canal, is a strong argument in favour of the view that this is the case. It is remarkable that no single investigator has met with the larve on the way from the vertebral canal to the subcutis, Horne asserts that he has more than once noticed in the flesh dirty green Jarva-tracks, which led from the spinal canal through between the muscles to beneath the skin. In one instance, where both subcutaneous and spinal larve were present, a larva was met with between the spinous processes of the vertebral columu; hitherto 1 have not seen definite larva-passages. It is true that when Wstrus-larve are present the epidural fat has a dirty yellow colour; sometimes there is found To Mr. P. Koorevaar on the in the fat a green granular mass; above it is flabby and cedematous. With a view to making sure whether these spinal larva were the larvee of 7ypoderma, | inserted them under the skin of another animal, in order that they might there become adult and in order from them, if possible, to breed Hypo- derma bovis. I selected as sulject of experiment a small dog, which since the beginning of January had been supplied with food infected with Echinococcus veterinorum. On February 3rd I introduced, under aseptic precautions, through an opening 2 centimetres wide, beneath the skin in the left lambar region eleven spinal Qstrus-larve taken from a calf. The wound was closed and hcaled quickly, the state of the dog remained normal, and nothing was seen of the eleven larvee inserted. Eight days later in the same manner fifteen larva were introduced under the skin of the rizht side; scarcely an hour later one of my colleagues and I reopened the wound, and saw to our astonishirent that all the larvee with the exception of one had disappeared. Two days afterwards I observed a larva lying under the skin on the costal wall, 8 centimetres away from the wound; its rounded oblong form was dis- tinctly visible through the thin skin of the dog; one could feel it roll under the finger. On the third day it had crawled forward as far as the spinous processes, and on the fourth it had disappeared. The dog remained normal; fourteen days after the first insertion there was still nothing to be seen under the skin. What had become of the twenty-six larve in the dog ? To settle the point I decided to open the animal. The autopsy was interesting. On removing the skin five still living larvee were found in the subcutis— one on the left costal wall, one in front of the shoulder, one on the right thigh, one on the skull, and the fifth larva on the point of the jaw. In the subcutis and in the underlying muscles no traces of their wanderings were observable; but certain oedematous spots were found in the subcutis and the muscles. On opening the abdomen some bloody matter exuded. Six larvee were found between the folds of the intestine, and therefore free in the peritoneal cavity. I found, further, five larve in the fat of the spleen, kidneys, omentum, inguinal canal, and the retro-peritoneal tissue ; the removal of the kidueys disclosed three more larve upon the psoas muscles. In the pleural cavities no larvee were found lying free; still five larvee were met with, three of which were in the wall of the cesophagus and two in the peritracheal tissue. : a Larval Stage of Hypoderma bovis. 73 The discovery in the spinal canal was very remarkable ; on exposing the cord it was found that two larve were ensconced in the fat between the dura mater spinalis and the periosteum: the fat around the place was somewhat softer and injected with blood. All the twenty-six larve introduced were found, and for the most part alive. They had wandered far in a relatively short time—eight to fourteen days after they had been introduced under the skin. In spite of careful examination no traces or tracks of the course followed by the larvee could be found. Certain small cedematous patches were indeed present in the subcutis and between the muscles, and some bloody humour was found in the abdominal cavity. On February 17th I introduced in the same manner twenty spinal G@strus-larvee under the skin of an eighteen-months-old lie-goat. So far as lam aware, the larve of Hypoderma bovis are not found in the goat. On February 29th I found in the he-goat five subcutaneous swellings, each with a central opening, from which there exuded a dirty white fluid. I propose to allow these larva to mature. I fed two young dogs simultaneously with spinal Gstrus- larve, introduced into the pharynx by means of a spatula. The dogs were killed after two and four days respectively. On autopsy I have been unable to find a single larva outside the alimentary tract or remains of the larve in the stomach or intestine. I introduced ten larva directly into the cesophagus of a rabbit by means of arubber tube. Jl'or three days L examined the feces; but neither in them nor in the rabbit, which I aiterwards killed, could I find any trace of the injected larve. As it appeared from the autopsy of the dog, the larve introduced under the skin wandered about into various places agreeing with those in which they are found in cattle. This discovery, in connexion with the negative result produced by the introduction of the larvee per os, causes me to incline to the opinion that the young larvee of //ypoderma bovis at first pass beneath the skin, and from thence betake themselves to the spinal canal and other places, to return later into the subcutis and there undergo further development under the well-known conditions. I hope later on to publish a communication as to the dis- covery of the further development of the spinal larve beneath the skin of the he-goat. March, 1896, 74 Bibliographical Notice. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. The Penycuik Experiments. By J. C. Ewart, M.D., F.R.S., Regius Professor of Natural History, University of Edinburgh. (A. &C. Black.) 8vo. London, 1899. Pp. xciii, 177, with 46 illustrations distributed through text, process, mostly from photographs. UnrortunatTety the title of this volume appears to be defective or misleading, and probably ought to have read ‘ Penycuik Equine Experiments.’ The author may be surprised one day, should he find it in some library catalogues classed under currency-question subjects—for such things, and even stranger ones, not unfrequently happen. The binding of the book may save this contingency, for its zebrine style is strikingly characteristic. Once for all, we may say the illustrations are very effective (especially those of the foals and of the heads), showing the body, legs, and face-markings. At first we thought the repetition of a few of the figures was a mistake ; but careful study of the text has led us to a different conclusion. The somewhat long introduction (93 pages) is devoted to a consideration of zebra hybrids generally, to the principles of breeding of various domestic animals, to telegony (=infection), to saturation (=absorption of some of the elements or nature of parentage), and to sterility in equine hybrids. Then follows Part I., containing :— A. The birth of a hybrid between a Burchell’s zebra and a mare ; B. The zebra-horse hybrids. Part II. enters into a more detailed or specific account of tele- gony, with observations on the striping of zebras and horses and on reversion in the Equide. An appendix to the latter deals chiefly with letters and observations of others on telegonal experimental breeding, and it ends with remarks on the desirability of trial of some fifteen different sorts of crosses between the horse tribe, cattle, sheep, and swine. A considerable portion of the contents of this book has at various intervals appeared as contributions to ‘The Veterinarian,’ and one paper in ‘The Zoologist,’ besides lectures delivered at the Royal Institution. To a certain section of the public then it is not entirely new matter; but as collected in one handy illustrated volume it will be much more accessible to naturalists and the general public, many of the latter now taking a deep interest in this and cognate subjects. So far as we can judge, we believe we are in approximate agree- ment with the quintessence of Prof. Ewart’s volume, namely, his views on Reversion ; yet at the same time we may own to at first having been bewildered by the reiteration of data and the same differently expressed. This leads us to think that, instead of re- printing the separate papers previously published in journals, and endeavouring to connect them together by a general introduction, the author himself saying ‘“ which must also serve as a preface and, to a certain extent, as a supplement,” it would have enhanced the work if it had been entirely recast into a continuous whole. But Bibliographical Notice. 75 then condensation implies labour, and in the end does not look so much. The literary style is both easy and popular. Prof. Ewart’s experiments on crossing members of the Equide commenced in the beginning of 1895 at Penycuik, Midlothian, Scotland, where he set up a small stud-farm. His first cross-breed was between a male Burchell’s zebra (E. Burchellii, var. Chapmant) and a female black-coloured West Highland pony. From them was derived a young male hybrid (“Romulus”). This has the united characters of both parents, though different from both and not mule-like. The neck and head are of zebra-form, the body and limbs more resemble those of the horse, though the hoofs are zebrine. The body-colour shortly after birth showed up chiefly as bright golden yellow, with rich dark brown stripes. According to Ewart the stripes and other markings bear more resemblance to those of the Somali zebra (Z. Grevyt) than to Burchell’s species. Before many months the colt began to shed its coat and afterwards to darken in tint, and this has increased in density. In temper, though ordinarily quiet, yet at times he is as easily excited, restless, and startled when seeing strange objects as is his sire the zebra. He carries himself proudly and with as dainty a step and dignity as the zebra. ‘The second cross was between an Irish mare, a bay with black points, and the above Burchell’s zebra. The foal (a male, named “Remus ”) is much lighter in colour than “ Romulus,” to wit a rich light bay. The plan of the striping of this second hybrid is similar to the first, the bands of a dark reddish hue. Before long the mane assumed a somewhat erect attitude. As it shed its coat some months after birth, this was renewed by a thicker bay and brown inner one and an outer longer stronger-haired fringe. All four limbs have warts (chestnuts). Curiosity has been the chief feature in this animal as a foal. The third hybrid was a cross between the same male Burchell’s zebra and a Clydesdale mare—a bay with black points, white fore- head, heavy mane and tail, and plenty of hair at the fetlocks. At birth this female hybrid (“‘ Brenda”) was much like an ordinary bay foal; but shortly after faint indistinct striping began to appear, though even afterwards not strongly marked. The right hind leg wart is wanting in this animal. Brow-arches, as in the other hybrids, do not round, but are more pointed, as in a Norwegian pony and a quagga at Amsterdam. The banding of the neck and body generally agrees with the stripes of the male hybrid no. 1, though less pronounced and with a tendency to shadow-stripes. Heavily built, with mule-like ears and tail, she is, so to say, a high- stepper in action. Prof. Ewart’s fourth zebrine hybrid (a female) is the product of a black female Shetland pony, and, as he states it, “‘ is more of the zebra than any of my other hybrids.” The body is of a leathery dun shade, partly reddish brown, with nearly black stripes, and there are stripes, not spots, across the loins and croup, with brow-arches as in no, 1 hybrid. The hoofs are longer than in 76 Bibliographical Notice. the zebra, and warts are deficient on the hind legs; the mane is short and upright in summer, long and pendent in winter. ‘This fourth hybrid (** Norette”) has been more intelligent than the others and quieter in disposition ; her appearance is quaint, with an old- fashioned bygone-age look. The fifth hybrid («* Heckla”) is the produce of askewhald Iceland pony. ‘the dam has much white about her, and with a pale yellow body-tint. The experimenter expected the female offspring would be nearly as light in lhody-tint as the male Burchell’s zebra parent; but, instead, this foal is the darkest of all the zebrine hybrids. Her coat is heavy, though she agrees in the main in build and markings with no. | hybrid (** Romulus”). Her action is freer, though more like that of a hackney than a zebra. Seme of the above dams were afterwards put to horses, and this second progeny receives full description from the author, part of which is referred to under telegony. ‘The above five hybrids and other cross-breeds, along with further experiments on pigeons, ' fowls, rabbits, and dogs by the author, and references and com- parisons with the labours of others in the field of hybrid produce, form the basis of the general introduction and of the chapter more particularly devoted to 'Telegony and Reversion among the Equide. We need hardly make special reference to the chapter on “ The Principles of Breeding” in the General Introduction, as some of the data again crop up when the transmission of characters is discusse¢. We may note en passant that in allusion to the third-weeck embryotic condition of the horse, when it becomes a bent-double fish-like creature, he says “the tail is bilobed lke that of a mermaid, manatee ”—surely a slip of the pen for dugong ? (see Ryder, Develop. of Cetacea, Rep. U.S. Fisheries for 1885). With regard to the fascinating doctrine of Infection of the Germ- plasm— Weismann’s Telegony—Prof. Ewart speaks pretty strongly from his own experiments and others’ investigation of the subject. He says :—“ The result, so far, is that the evidence in support of undoubted ‘ infection ’ having even occurred is most unsatisfactory. In every case investigated the supposed infection could be accounted for by the relatively simple reversion hypothesis. .... I do not by any means say telegony is impossible, that it never has occurred in the past and never will occur in the future; but I think I am justified in saying ‘infection’ has never been experimentally pro- duced, and that the kind of ‘infection’ so widely believed in b breeders, if not impossible, is at least extremely improbable.” He goes on to mention the oft-quoted Lord Morton’s mare, which Ewart does not believe was infected by the quagga, and he gives figures and argument thereon. Ewart further refers to his own experiments, and describes foals subsequently got from the several dams (supra) by horses after their having had foals by Burchell’s zebra. These did not support the telegony hypothesis. As a climax he says, “ I am now satisfied that [ordinary] foals are far more often marked with stripes— apparent or real—than is generally supposed.” Bibliographical Notice. (a The above views strongly support those held by Settegast *, Weismann fT, Kuhn +, Nathusius §, as well as some authorities in this country ||, though it is opposed to Herbert Spencer 4], Dr. Harvey of Aberdeen **, and others’ explanation of the phenomenon. Nor does the “Saturation ” hypothesis find any more favour with Prof. Ewart. He quotes Bruce Lowe’s definition ff of it, that at ‘‘each mating and bearing the dam absorbs some of the nature or actual circulation of the yet unborn foal, until she eventually becomes saturated with the sire’s nature or blood, as the case may be.” Prof. Ewart proceeds to show froin others’ and his own experiments that supposititious cases of saturation are but more pronounced ones of reversion, due to better nutrition of the germ- cells &e. . Concerning sterility in equine hybrids, he thinks it is not in obedience to any natural law they are so. His experiments lead him to believe that preferential mating accounts for much, especially in the horse tribe ; while it is noteworthy that a number of species of other animals and plants yield when crossed fertile offspring. Prof. Ewart enters into detail, and nicely figures the peculiarities and differences of the so-called species of zebras and hybrids. He considers the Somali zebra (#. Grevyi) the most primitive form. This with the mountain zebra (/. zebra) and the group of Burchell’s zebras are to him distinct types, but they cannot be readily distinguished from each other by their markings. 'There- fore we may add that Mr. R. I. Pocock’s excellent paper on “ The Species and Subspecies of Zebras” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xx. 1897) may well be studied for comparison, this author’s presumed subspecies being well defined. He notes the gradual lessening of the stripes from north to south, being absent in the hindquarters of the quagga south of the Orange River. See also Sir W. Flower’s remarks (‘The Horse,’ 1891) and P. L. Sclater’s various memo- randa on zebra species (P. Z. 8.). The question is started by Prof. Ewart, Were the ancestors of the horse striped? And as side-issues thereon he discusses the points as to face and head, neck, body, and leg-stripes. He con- cludes that the ancestral horse was striped in a manner intermediate between the common: and Somali zebras. The croup- and rump- stripes he regards as comparatively a recent acquisition in the zebras. He suggests though that in pigs spots, and not dark bands, were the original coloration, these afterwards merging into stripes &c. * ‘Die Thierziecht,’ Band i. + ‘The Germ-Plasm: a Theory of Heredity.’ English translation by Prot, WN. Parker. } An experienced veterinarian of Halle, quoted by Weismann and Ewart. § ‘Ueber Shorthorn Rindvich,’ &e. || See works of Darwin, Romanes, Galton, &c. qj ‘Contemporary Review,’ 1893, &e. ** A remarkable effect of crcss-breeding quoted by Ewart. +t ‘Breeding on the Figure System,’ quoted by Ewart. 78 Miscellaneous. We might instance the tapirs, swine, and some deer (all branches of the early trunk of the Ungulata), which in their youthful stages exhibit spotting, which afterwards is relatively effaced with increasing age. Respecting Atavisim, or Apparent Reversion, in the Equide, he refers to the ancestral dentition, to the five-toed ancestor, to occa- sional instances of cleft hoof, to at times a complete ulna in recent horses, as taking after the prototype of ancient equine forms. He instances Protohippus and Hipparion, the former as the ancestor of the breeds of horses, the latter as common ancestor of asses and _ zebras, without giving any decided data thereon *. Reference is made to Mr. Bateson’s ¢ limits of reversion getting credit for things sufficiently accounted for by variation. Nevertheless, Prof. Ewart says:—‘ The heredity problem is sufficiently difficalt as it is, but if we are debarred from invoking the assistance of the reversion hypothesis, it will become hopelessly incomprehensible.” In substance he most justly observes that preponderance is given to the colour of the dermal system in experiments as bearing on reversion, while habits and general structure only occupy the back- ground. Notwithstanding this cautious advice the author himself has fallen into the trap, though he has endeavoured to relieve the situation by sundry brief notes on the tempers and habits of some of his hybrids. But the fact is, coloration, and especially zebrine stripes, can be reasonably compared, whereas temperament and, neces- sarily, habits are physiological factors of uncertain value on which to base comparison. To sum up: whatever the ultimate result of Prof. Ewart’s experi- ments, it would seem as if we had advanced a short stage in the matter of Telegony and Reversion, though some of his deductions doubtless will be questioned. The researches so far are still in the initial stage, but they are a stimulus, and it is to be hoped may be further pursued. Finally, where is the index ?—a marked omission in this volume—for the brief table of contents does not help much where direct references on special points are needed. MISCELLANEOUS. On Ecdysis in Insects, considered as a means of Defence against Animal or Vegetable Parasites.—Special Réles of the Tracheal and Intestinal Ecdyses. By J. Kincxet v’Hercovrais. By the experiments made by us in Algeria for the purpose of en- deavouring to infect young Acridians (migratory locusts) by means of spores of the fungus that we discovered upon the adults—the * For an excellent epitome of ‘The Horse,’ his ancestors and living relations, clothed in most popular language, commend us to Flower’s volume, with its reference to the paleontological and other literature of the Equide. Tegetmeier and Sutherland’s ‘ Horses, Asses, Zebras, and Mules, and Mule Breeding’ (1895) may also be profitably consulted. + See his ‘ Materials for the Study of Variation,’ 1894. Miscellaneous. 79 Lachnidium acridiorum, Giard—we ascertained that the repeated moults of these insects, which take place on an average once a week, are opposed to the fixation of the spores upon the integu- ments*. On the other hand, if we consider that it is often the stigmatic apertures that, in the adults, serve as a means of penetra- tion for the spores, and if we remember that, after the spores have germinated, the ramifications of a thick mycelium block up the tracheal trunks, producing the phenomena of asphyxia tT, we are obliged to recognize that, in the case of young Acridians, the casting off, with the integument, of the internal coat of the trachex is a serious obstacle to the preservation of the spores in the medium suitable for their germination. In the course of the mission that we are accomplishing under the government of the Argentine Republic, we have been enabled to make observations which give a larger bearing to these preliminary remarks. In drawing attention to the role of the pigments in the pheno- mena of histolysis and histogeny which accompany metamorphosis in the case of the migratory locust (Schistocerca peregrina, Olivier) t, we showed that after each ecdysis these Acridians excreted pig- mentary matter with the feces, which were thus found to be coloured pink, instead of remaining greenish brown as in the course of each of the stages of their development. In following very closely the development of the Parana locust. (Schistocerca para- nensis, Burmeister), in order to see if we could not discover some peculiarity that might have escaped us, we have been led to examine the first excreta after the completion of metamorphosis ; the result was that it was discovered that the faces, like those of the African species, were charged with red pigmentary granulations. But this time, on pushing the analysis further, the microscopical examination showed us that these excreta were in reality a kind of sacs formed by the cuticle of the intestine. These sacs, immediately after being deposited, on being immersed in distilled water exhibited the most interesting peculiarities; from the very first they were seen to be inflated by large bubbles of air, which maintained them in suspension ; these bubbles were nothing else than the remains of * J. Kiinckel d’Herculais and Ch. Langlois, “ Les Champignons para- sites des Acridiens ” (C. R. de la Soc. de Biol. 9° sér. t. iii. p. 490, June 20, 1891 ; ‘Comptes Rendus,’ t. exiii. p. 1465, June 22, 1891; Ann. de la Soc. ent. de Fr. t. 1xi., 1891; Bull. t. cvi., June 24). + A. Giard, “ Observations sur les Champignons parasites de 1’ Aeri- dium peregrinum” (C. R. de la Soc. Biol. ¥° sér. t. iii. p. 492, June 20, 1891); A. Giard, “ Nouvelles Etudes sur le Lachnidium acridiorum, Giard, Champignon parasite du Criquet pélerin” (Rev. gén. de Bot. t. iv. pp. 459, 460, 1892). } J. Kiinckel d’Herculais, “ Le Criquet pélerin, Schistocerca peregrina, Olivier, et ses changements de Coloration. Rédle des Pigments dans les Phénoménes d’Histolyse et d’Histogénése qui accompagnent la Métamor- phose” (Comptes rendus de la Société de Biologie, 9° série, t. iv. p. 56, 1892 ; Comptes Rendus, t. cxiv. p. 240, February 1, 1892; Annales de la Société entomologique de France, t. lxii, Bulletin, p. 25, 1892), 80 Miscellaneous. the masses of air which fill the digestive tract in order to enable the metamorphosis to take place, as we have shown by our previous studies *; moreover, in the midst of the granulations resulting from the histolysis of the tissues and of the granulations of reab- sorbed pigment, there were soon perceived a number of Gregarines. Thus, then, these Protozoa were got rid of like waste matter, in the same way as the products of histolysis. From this we may under- stand that each moult not only occasions the regeneration of the normal tissues, but that it also results in freeing the organism from the parasites which cause the denutrition of these tissues, From these facts is to be deduced a series of results, some of which are physiological, while the others are of an essentially prac- tical order. In factif the observers, and this particularly applies to M. Louis Léger f, who have sought for Gregarine in the digestive tract of Acridians did not succeed in meeting with these parasites in the case of migratory locusts, while they found them in species belonging to the same group, the reason was that the locusts in question had rid themselves of the parasites by shedding their intestinal cuticle ; between the ecdyses they abound in the | Parana locust; they diminish in number after each ecdysist. On the other hand, everyone is aware that in Europe (in Russia, France, and other countries), in Africa (Algeria, Cape of Good Hope), as also in America (United States, Argentine Republic), great hopes have been founded upon certain parasitic organisms (fungi, bacilli, Protozoa) for arresting the multiplication of destructive insects, and especially of migratory locusts. But we see from these observations that these insects with rapid development are in possession of a very simple means of ridding themselves from these organisms, in being able to regenerate themselves at each stage of their development. Thus we ere able to understand the resistance that, wnder the conditions of normal existence, insects are capable of offering to the contamination or disorganizing action of vegetable or animal parasites.— Comptes Rendus, t. cxxvili. no. 10 (March 6, 1899), pp. 620-622. * J, Kiinckel d’Herculais, “Du role del’Air dans le Mécanisme physio- logique de I'Eclosion, des Mues, et de la Métamorphose chez les Insectes orthoptéres de la Famille des Acridides” (Comptes Rendus, t. ex. p. 107, 1890). + Louis Léger, “ Sur une Grégarine nouvelle des Acridiens d’Algérie ” (Comptes Rendus, t. exvii., Dec. 4, 1893). ¢ This Gregarine belongs to the genus Clepstdrina, Hammerschmidt, and we shall term it Clepsidrina paranensis, for the double purpose of recalling the fact that it is found in the country watered by the Parana, and that it infests Schistocerca paranensis, the migratory locust of South America. It is probable that it also inhabits the digestive tract of other species of Acridians. Although it attains the size of Clepsidrina acridiorum, Léger, and though its deutomerite is consequently four times larger than its protomerite, it differs in the general shape of the deuto- merite, which is ellipsoidal instead of being cylindrical, and in the colora- tion of the granulations of the endocyte, which are not tinged with reddish yellow, but are of a uniform yellowish white. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES.] No. 20. AUGUST 1899. V.—Notes on the Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, Persian Gulf, and Gulf of Oman, mostly dredged by Mr. F. W. Townsend, with Descriptions of Twenty-seven Species. By JAMES Cosmo MELvILL, M.A., F.L.S., &e. [Plates I. & II,] THE present paper constitutes the third of a series * written to further the elucidation of the large molluscan collections gathered from time to time during the past seven or eight years by Mr. F. W. Townsend, of the Indo-European Telegraph Service, mainly amongst the islands and bays of the Persian Gulf and that portion of the Arabian Sea impinging on the Mekran coast of Beluchistan as far as Karachi. In the second of these papers + a full account of the methods employed in dredging and of the area traversed, with sundry other particulars, is given; but it seems unneces- sary to reproduce here any of these details, to which I would simply refer any who may be interested in the narration, Suffice to say that I hope some day to be able to prepare as complete a catalogue as possible of these collections, the * Cf. Mem. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manch, vol. xli, pt. 3, 1896-97, pp. 1-26 ; yol. xlii. pt. 2, 1897-98, pp. 1-39. iL. €. pp. 3-7. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 6 82 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the individual species already noted numbering about 1100, speaking roughly ; and since labels have been carefully kept with each individual, stating the depth, locality, quality of ground, &c. at which found, I believe such a publication would be of much value to all who are interested in geogra- phical distribution. So little attention has been hitherto paid—not, indeed, until the last decade of this century—to the productions of the very extensive and prolific area having Bushire for its western and Karachi for its eastern limit, that it is hardly surprising to find what a wealth of hitherto unrevealed forms has been brought to light through Mr. Townsend’s un- remitting exertions, ably supported as he is by many of those with whom he is officially connected (e. g. Mr. B. 'T. Ffinch, C.I.E., Director in Chief of the Telegraph Department, Captain Tindall, of the S.S. ‘ Patrick Stewart,’ and Mr. J. A. O’ Maley), even though it has as yet been found impossible to excced the 100-fathom limit, or, in fact, quite to attain it in dredging, and therefore no specialized abyssal forms have been received which would at all compare, for instance, with the results of the cruise of the ‘ Investigator’ in the Bay of Bengal. But, notwithstanding this, the results so far have been more than gratifying. About ten per cent. of the total number catalogued are new to science; these, with the excep- tion of eight or ten differentiated by Mr. G. B. Sowerby *, have been all described by myself in the two papers already referred to, and the addition of the following twenty-seven will swell the total to more than a hundred new forms. When, in 1893-96, at first in conjunction with Mr. A. Abercrombie, I drew up lists of Bombay marine mollusca, of which no less than fifty-two had to be described, I expressed a strong opinion that this fauna was highly specialized and the number of endemic forms unusually great. How within so few years this conviction has become utterly falsified may best be inferred from the fact that of the fifty-two species no less than thirty-one have been found to occur in the Townsend collection t, mostly dredged near Karachi and the coast of Beluchistan, thus tending to prove that while certain forms may be confined to the North Indian Ocean, their range is wide there, and they mostly occur plentifully if locally. I would particularly draw attention, among the Pelecypoda * Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. i. pp. 214 & 278 sqq. + A new figure of one of these, Cerithiopsis (Sea) bandorensis, Melv., being vecessary, it is here given (Pl. I. fig. 12). Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, cc. 83 described in this paper, to a Mactrinula, a Lucina, and Cryp- todon victorialis, all three of unusual delicacy. In Gastro- poda a fine Fusus, two Mitre, a beautiful Natica, and a Lacuna, the second of a northern genus to be described from tropical seas, are, perhaps, the most noteworthy. But there still are more Pleurotomide in proportion to other orders represented ; indeed it is both curious and deeply interesting to observe how much that is fresh this highly organized assemblage of mollusks continues yearly to afford from all parts of the world and at all depths. One of our greatest desiderata is, and I fear may long continue to be, an up-to-date monograph of this group, fossil as well as recent, for it seems to me that certain Drillie, Clathurelle, and Mangilice, especially, of the Tertiary formation run very close i it they are not absolutely identical with, similar existing orms. Fusus Townsendi, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 1.) F, testa eleganter fusiformi, usque apicem rapide attenuata, cinerea, rufo- vel brunneo-purpureo suffusa; anfractibus 11, duobus apicali- bus globulosis, vitrifactis, ochraceis vel brunneis inclusis, ceteris apud suturas multum impressis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis fortibus, crassis, ad medium acuticarinatis, et fusco-pictis, ultimo in anfractu ad numerum novem, superficie tota spiraliter arcte filo-lirata, ad medium anfractuum perforti, interstitiis tenui- liratis ; apertura oblonga, intus cinerea, striata; canali perlongo (ad 32 mm.), arcte lirato usque ad basim; labio tenui; columella nitida, paullum reflexa. Long. 80, lat. 24 mm. (sp. maj.). Pee Dok ee (spy mine). Hab. Persian Gulf, dredged at 10-12 fathoms, in sand and mud, off Gais (or Kais), Hinderabi, and Sheik Shuaib Isles. A fine species, with a resemblance to F. tuberculatus, Lamk., or forewma, Mart., in miniature. Many examples were forwarded by Mr. Townsend, nearly all, even the most juvenile, covered, especially towards the apex, with Lepralia. Unlike tuberculatus, the dark coloration is on the ribs, not at the interstices. ‘The colour varies from ochreous or stra- mineous to purplish brown on a grey ground; the whorls are eleven in number, two being apical and glassy brown, the rest are very strongly ribbed, all acutely angled in the middle of each whorl, the ribs showing here most prominently, with narrow white spaces surrounded by a dark brown coloration. The spiral lire are very close and fine. Canal much produced ; aperture oblong; mouth greyish within and % 84 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the spirally striate. Outer lip thin. Columella shining, somewhat reflexed. About twelve examples, all similar excepting in coloration. Named in honour of the discoverer, Mr. Frederick W. Townsend, of Manora, Karachi. Nassa (Hima) ischna*, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 1.) N. testa parva, multum attenuata, apice acutissimo, cinereo-alba, lete infra suturas et ad medium anfractus ultimi (interdum inter costas solum, interdum undique) brunneo-fasciata ; anfractibus 93, quorum 22 apicales albi, vitrei, ceteris longitudinaliter costatis, costis corrugatis, apud ultimum in numero tredecim, undique spiraliter liratis, ad costarum juncturam gemmuliferis; labro extus albo, incrassato, intus denticulato; columella alba, nitida, haud multum incrassata. Long. 10, lat. 4 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, near Muscat. A small but very striking Nassa, extremely attenuate and acuminate, ashy white, brightly banded just below the sutures and in the centre of the last whorl with brown, this some- times only appearing in the interstices between the ribs, in other examples on the ribs as well, uniformly. The ribs are roughened with the gemme which appear at the point of junc- ture with the spiral lire. On the last whorl there are about thirteen ribs. ‘The whorls are about nine and a half; of these the apical are white, glassy, and shining. The aperture is ovate ; outer lip white, shining, thickened, within denticulate ; columella only slightly thickened, white, shining. There seems much in comnion, save for form, between this species and N. mammillifera +, Melv., also from the Persian Gulf, which I originally designated as belonging to the sub- genus Notha, Ad. I should now be disposed to place both these forms in Haima, Leach. ‘These subdivisions are in some instances quite misleading, and I have found occa- sionally a species that might almost equally well belong to two or three of them. Néotha is characterized as differing from Hima in three salient particulars :— (a) In short as against elevated spire. (0) Very large callus, compared with a callus only “ de- fined.” (c) Outer lip with no, as opposed to a conspicuous mar- ginal, varix. A few examples, in fine condition, occurred. * toryvos, thin, attenuate. + Mem, Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manch. vol. xli. pt. 8, p. 4 (1896-97). Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &c. 85 Drillia theoreta*, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 2.) D. testa mediocri, eleganter fusiformi, albo-purpurascente ; anfracti- bus 102, quorum apicales 14 vitrei, globosi, leves, caeteris fortiter et longitudinaliter rotundi-costatis, costis ultimum ad anfractum in numero decem, undique spiraliter arcte filo-liratis, superficie ad suturas brunneo maculata et hic illic ad liras eodem colore sparsa; apertura ovato-oblonga, intus purpureo-fusca, vel, in- terdum, albescente ; labre haud multum incrassato, sinu excavato, lato; columella recta; canali breviter producto. Long. 22, lat. 6 mm. (sp. maj.). » 15, ,, 450mm. (sp. min., forma albescens). Hab. Henjam Island, Persian Gulf, 20-25 fathoms, and Sheik Shuaib Island, one large form. Several examples. An attractive form, showing no varia- tion in sculpture, but some in coloration and size. ‘The albino variety is smaller and unicolorous, being of a pale ochreous externally, with white aperture ; the normal state exhibits a purplish suffusion both externally and within, and scattered dots and maculations along the spiral liree which surround the shell, especially prominent on the ribs of the last whorl. The whorls in all are ten to eleven, the apical being glassy and globular, the remainder are strongly longitudinally ribbed, the ribs numbering ten round the last whorl. The aperture is ovate-oblong, within purplish fuscous, in the normal examples; lip not much thickened, sinus wide, columella straight, canal shortly produced. Mangilia chilosema +, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 3.) M. testa parva, turrita, albo-straminea ; anfractibus septem, quorum tribus apicalibus subvitreis, delicate sub lente striatulis, ceteris quatuor ventricosulis, apud suturas multum impressis, longi- tudinaliter rotundi-costatis, costis ultimo in anfractu ad undecim, undique spiraliter rudi-liratis, ad suturas et apud anfractus ultimi medium rubro-sparsis et interrupte zonatis, dorsaliter ad medium labri conspicue rubro-maculato; apertura oblonga, intus uni- maculata; labro crassiusculo; sinu lato, conspicuo; columella recta ; canali truncato. Long. 6, lat. 2 mm. Hab. Karachi and along the Mekran coast; abundant in certain localities. Shell small, turreted, whitish straw-colour ; whorls seven, inclusive of the three vitreous, obscurely delicately striate, * Oewpnros, conspicuous. + xeios, lip, and ofa, mark, 86 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the apical, the remaining four being somewhat tumid, much impressed suturally, and longitudinally roundly ribbed; ribs eleven in number on the last whorl, the whole surface being spirally coarsely lirate; often in young specimens a gemmuled appearance is noticeable on the ribs at the point of junction with these spiral liree, but this soon wears off. At the sutures and at the centre of the last whorl are observable red dashes and spots and a very obscure and interrupted deep red band; there is one very conspicuous and characteristic deep red spot just behind the outer lip, this being reflected within the aperture, which is oval-oblong, the outer lip being somewhat thickened, with broad and conspicuous sinus ; columella straight and canal somewhat truncate. Allied to the New Caledonian species MW. himerta and himerodes, Melv. & Standen, from both of which it differs more in form than in coloration, the characteristic dorsal red spot being present in all three. In our catalogue of Madras Mollusca, Mr. Standen and I referred to this species as M. Horneana, Smith *, an almost equally abundant mollusk in these seas with apparently identical distribution. Mangilia galigensis, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 4.) M. testa attenuato-fusiformi, perelongata, rufo-brunnea; anfracti- bus novem, quorum apicali vitreo, tribus huic approximatis rufis, uDicoloribus, ceteris apud suturas compressis, ventricosulis, longi- tudinaliter forticostatis, costis perpaucis, in ultimo septem, costis infra, juxta suturas, albescentibus, ad medium subangulatis, super- ficie spiraliter delicatissime striata, eleganter vittata, albis zonis cum rufis alternata; apertura elongata; labro incrassato, nitido, perlevi, intus nigro-rufescente, extus albo-rufo vittato; canali breviter prolongata. Long. 14:50, lat. 4 mm. Hab. Galig Island. The nearest, in fact the only close ally to this very beautiful form is I. Townsend, Sowb. f, but the ribs are two or three fewer in number in each whorl and the colour is rufous, with no tinge of greenish; all the many examples of M. Townsendi I have seen are alike in both these particulars, being uniformly greenish olivaceous and many ribbed. The dimensions are about the same. I had at first thought of describing this as a varietal form only, but I defer to the opinion of two or three malacologists in keeping it distinct. M. Townsendi has not, so far as I am aware, been yet found * Journ. of Conch. vol. ix. p. 38. t Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. vol. i. p. 278 (1895) Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, kc. 87 in the Persian Gulf; it occurs, according to Mr. Townsend, from low-water mark to 5 fathoms on muddy sand off the Mekran coast of Beluchistan. Mangilia perlonga, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 5.) M. testa multum attenuata, fusiformi, solida; anfractibus octo, in- clusis duobus apicalibus vitreis, perlevibus, nitidis, longitudinaliter fortiter paucicostatis, costis ultimi anfractus in numero septem, spiraliter rudi-liratis, et inter liras arctissime tenuistriatis, liris in anfractibus supernis tribus, in penultimo quatuor, in ultimo obscurioribus, sex vel septem ; apertura ovata, labro crassiusculo, sinu perobscuro, columella recta, canali brevi. Long. 7°50, lat. 2 mm. Hab. Karachi. A very attenuate species, fusiform, solid, eight-whorled, inclusive of the two glassy shining apical, longitudinally strongly ribbed; ribs few, being seven on the last whorl, crossed spirally with few intersecting liree, and between these run many fine striations. J’he aperture is ovate, outer lip thickened, sinus very obscure, columella straight, canal short. Allied in form to MZ. fulvocincta, Nevill, an Indian species, but more attenuate, and with only two, as against four, vitreous apical whorls. Dimensions about the same. Mangilia theskeloides*, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 6.) M. testa fusiformi, versus apicem attenuata, solidiuscula; anfractibus septem, apicali (in nostris speciminibus imperfecto) nigrescente, ceteris turritis, ventricosulis, lete ochraceis, apud suturas et ad medium anfractus ultimi inter costas brunneo-zonatis, et aliter superficie omni brunneo-ochraceo sparsim depicta, costis longitu- dinalibus fortibus spiraliter striatis, anfractu ultimo ad undecim ; apertura angusta, oblonga; labro exteriore albo, incrassato, sinu perobscuro; columella recta, apud basim brunnescente, Long. 8, lat. 4 mm, (sp. maj.). Hab. Karachi. Shell fusiform, attenuate towards the apex, somewhat solid, seven-whorled, the apical whorl imperfect in all the examples examined, tinged with blackish brown; the rest of the whorls are turreted, tumid, brightly ochraceous, orna- mented with strong longitudinal ribs, which number eleven on the last whorl ; these are crossed by spiral close strie, which are not shown on older worn specimens. The most conspicuous feature is a series of darker blackish-brown zones, * Theskeloides, from the resemblance to M, theskela. 88 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the one just above the suture of each whorl and another in the centre of the lowest; these zones are interrupted and only appear between the ribs, the remainder of the surface being painted with light brown scattered dots and flames, a series of light spiral maculations just below the sutures being specially prominent. The aperture is narrow, oblong, the dark zone shows transversely across the interior. Outer lip incrassate, sinus very obscure. Columella straight, stained with brown at the base. The three nearest species to this interesting Mangila are, perhaps, bella, Reeve, interrupta, Reeve, and theskela, Melv. & Stand., all abundant at Lifu, the form being totally dif- ferent, while in markings those of bella and theskela seem to be combined. ‘Tryon, I may mention, unites the two former of these species; nothing could be more distinct in my opinion. I consider, too, that I. thtasotes, Melv. & Stand., from the Pacific Islands, comes under the same category, and cannot, as suggested recently by Mr. C. Hedley in the “ Mollusca of Funafuti” *, be a Daphnella. Clathurella O’ Maleyi, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 7.) C. testa attenuato-fusiformi, delicata, nitida, carnea; anfractibus septem, quorum duo apicales pulchre et minutissime decussati et alveolati, ceteris ad suturas impressis, tumidulis, nitidis, longi- tudinaliter costatis, costis paucis, apud ultimum septem, spiraliter obscure liratis, liris ad juncturam costarum magis conspicuis ; apertura oblonga; labroexteriore brunneo-tincto ; columellarecta ; canali producto. Long. 10, lat. 3 mm. Hab. “ On shell-growth on telegraph-cable, 55 fathoms, in mud ; lat. 25° 58’ N., long. 57° 05’ H.” (Sea of Oman).— ES WL A very delicate flesh-coloured shining Pleurotomid with oblong mouth and produced canal, seven-whorled, including two decussated apical whorls, much impressed at the sutures, longitudinally few-ribbed, there are but seven on the last whorl, and spirally obscurely lirate ; the outer lip and base of the canal are tinged with brown. I would place this species near C. Robdillardi, Barclay, in spite of the prolonged canal. In many ways this section of the genus differs from typical Clathurelle, but in the involved and chaotic condition of the nomenclature any arrangement is but tentative. A few examples only, named in honour of Mr. Julian * Mem. Austral. Mus. ili. p. 476 (1899). Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, cc. 89 Adrian O’Maley, of the Indian Government Telegraph 8.8. ‘ Patrick Stewart,’ Karachi, who has much assisted Mr. Townsend in many of his investigations. Latirus (Peristernia) pagodeformis, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 8.) 5 L. testa attenuata, fusiformi, fusca, ad medium costarum albescente , deinde infra spiraliter fusco-zonata; anfractibus decem, quorum tres apicales pallide brunnei, vitrei, leves, ceteris tumidis, apud suturas multum impressis, longitudinaliter rotundicostatis, costis crassis, apud ultimum anfractum decem, undique spiraliter filo- liratis, interstitiis arcte squamiferis ; apertura ovata, intus cinerea vel pallidissime violacea; labro tenui, simplici; columella levi, nitida, obscure et oblique quadriplicata ; canali longo, paullum recurvirostri, brunneo-tincto. Long. 28, lat. 9°50 mm. Hab. Adhering to the telegraph-cable at 20 fathoms, mud ; lat. 25° N., long. 63° E. The nearest congener of this shell is LZ. (Peristernia) pul- chellus, Reeve, of which we have seven examples, as far as this region is concerned, from Ceylon, the Angrias Bank, west of Bombay, and likewise from Muscat, where Mr. Towns- end has dredged it at 10 fathoms. This new form differs in its far more tumid whorls, pinched in and compressed at the sutures, and likewise in the long, recurved, and fuscous-tinged canal; the whole spire is far more attenuate, the proportion of the last whorl as breadth is to length being 8:15, while in L. pulchellus it is 15:22 in a normal-sized example. L. pagodeformis is ten-whorled, three being pale brown, glassy, and apical; the remaining seven are tumid, longitu- dinally thickly and roundly ribbed, and spirally lirate; colour fuscous-brown, whitish towards the middle of each whorl, where the ribs naturally are most prominent, and on the last whorl just below this runs an indistinct spiral zone of darker brown. ‘The aperture is oval, coloured within cinereous or very pale violet, never carnation or crimson as in pulchellus ; the outer lip is thin and normally simple, columella obscurely and obliquely four-plaited; canal long, recurved, suffused at the base with brown. I may add that this species seems more distinct from L, pulchellus than does L. nassoides, Reeve, though perhaps the recurved canal of the latter may constitute a specific character. Both are figured in the Conch. Icon. vol. iv., Turbinella, figs. 65 & 71 (1847). T'wo or three examples. 90 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the Mitra (Pusia) Elize, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 2.) M. testa utrinque attenuata, fusiformi, solidula, albescente; an- fractibus 10-11, apicali nitida, perlevi, ceteris gradatulis, apud suturas impressis, arcte longitudinaliter costatis, undique spi- raliter sulcatis, sulcis crebris, ultimo in anfractu 13, penultimo 4—5, ad juncturam costarum summam ochraceo-punctatis vel lineatis, interstitiis aliter levibus; anfractibus superne juxta suturas, et in ultimo, apud medium fusco-cinctis, ad basim paullum nodulifero ; apertura oblonga, fuscescente; labro recto, extus ad partem inferam crenulato; columella ochraceo-tincta, quadri- plicata. Long. 18, lat. 6°50 mm. flab. In coral-sand, dredged at 10 fathoms, Sheik Shuaib Island, Persian Gulf. Two fine examples of a Pusta of elegant fusiform contour, attenuate at both ends, somewhat solid, white, ten- to eleven- whorled, the apical being shining, smooth, the remainder gradate and compressed at the sutures, smooth, closely ribbed, and spirally crossed by many revolving sulci, these being orange-dotted or lineated at the point of junction with the centre ofeach nib. Obscurely at the sutures, but very distinctly in the centre of the last whorl, run spiral fuscous zones; this latter shades off gradually towards the base; the aperture is oblong, fuscous ; outer lip straight, crenulate in its lower part ; columella tinged with ochre, four times plaited. Allied to Mf. infausta, Reeve, from Ticao, and WM. fulvo- sulcata, Melv., from Mauritius and Lifu. Neither of these species, however, has the fusiform contour nor any sign of the brown central fascia, though agreeing in the ochreous spiral sulci. Mitra (Costellaria) revelata, sp. n. (Pl. II. figs. 3, 3a.) M. testa turriculata, fusiformi, albida, parum nitente, solidiuscula ; anfractibus 10-11, apicalibus seepe puniceo-tinctis, ceteris grada- tulis, superne arcte longitudinaliter costatis, costis Jevibus, obtusis, ultimo in anfractu, precipue dorsaliter, plerumque fere evanidis, superficie longitudinaliter tenuiter brunneo-lineata, apud medium obscure brunneo-zonulata; apertura oblonga, alba; labro exteriore recto, crassiusculo ; columella quadriplicata. Long. 21, Jat. 8 mm. Hab. Sheik Shuaib Island, 7-20 fathoms, in sand and mud; in 10-15 fathoms off Kais (or Gais) Island, in shingle and dead coral, Persian Gulf. Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, éc. 91 A species apparently common, though local, in the Persian Gulf, and probably extending in both a southerly and east- ward direction. It has hitherto been confounded with M. pacifica, Reeve, of which I possess an original type from the collection of the late Sir D. Barclay, Bart., the example figured in Sowb. Thes. Conch. t. ceclxxviii. fig. 630, which exhibits a form more compressed, strongly shouldered, and angulate in the upper portion of each whorl, very rugose, and ribs fewer but more marked in proportion. I consider this latter species nearer to the variable JZ. cadaverosa, Reeve, so abundant in the Philippines, and especially the islands of the Pacific. M. Wisemanni, Dohrn, is in size nearer our shell, but the clearly defined and frequent longitudinal ribs, un- varying in all the specimens I have seen, amply distinguish it. Iam much indebted to Mr. Sowerby for especially calling my attention to this hitherto neglected species. Erato olivaria, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 9.) E. testa arcuato-pyramidata, solida, late olivacea, apice subconico ; anfractibus quatuor, supernis interdum rugosulis, interdum levibus, ultimo anfractu levi, rapide accrescente, tumidulo, pyriformi, apud basim paullum attenuato; apertura angusta, oblonga; labro exteriore crassiusculo, denticulis quindecim intus preedito, margine columellari, et preecipue versus basim, incras- sato, denticulato. Long. 6, lat. 3°25 mm. Hab. Karachi. A few examples of a somewhat solid smoothish Erato, conspicuous for its bright olive hue; the apex is subconical ; whorls four, the last being large, pyriform, somewhat attenuate at the base, the mouth narrowly oblong ; outer lip thickened, denticulate within, with fifteen little teeth ; columellar margin thickened, especially towards the base, and then also den- ticled. ‘This species slightly resembles the Kuropean ZL. levis, Donovan. The only other known smooth species of a uniform green or olive hue is Z. prayensis, Rochbrune, from the Cape Verd Islands, but, from description, would seem to differ both in form and lip-characters. Natica Ponsonbyi, sp.n. (PI. II. fig, 4.) NV, testa globosa, anguste sed profunde umbilicata, solida, levi, paullum nitida, albida; anfractibus 4-5, apicali fere immerso, nigro, ceteris supra suturas castaneo-fasciatis, ultimo anfractu 92 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the binis fasciis decorato; apertura ovata; labro simplici, paullum incrassato ; columella nitida, alba, callosa, apud umbilicum exca~ vata; operculo lete concentrice sulcato. Long. 17, lat. 16 mm. (sp. maj.). Fab. Persian Gulf (Ponsonby, in Mus. Brit.) ; Karachi CASE 3 Belonging to the typical— Hunatica—section of the genus, as characterized by the calcareous and more or less suleate operculum, this species hears a superficial resemblance both in pattern and colour of fasciation to LV. spadicea, Gmel., or rufa, Born, but is far more rotund and compact than either. The large example figured was not dredged by Mr. Townsend, all his specimens, though alike in other respects, being much smaller and probably not fully grown; but it was presented to our National Collection some years ago, with the locality “Persian Gulf,” by Mr. John H. Ponsonby, to whom I have the great satisfaction of dedicating so interesting and beautiful a species. Scalarta (Cirsotrema) hidryma*, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 10.) S. testa attenuato-fusiformi, solidiuscula, ochraceo-fusca; anfracti- bus apud suturas impressis, fuscis, apicalibus ?, ceteris, in numero septem, longitudinaliter crassicostatis, costis rectis, novem in ultimo et penultimo anfractu, spiraliter undique leniter striatis, ultimo versus basim subangulato, incrassato, rugoso-lirato, fusces- cente ; apertura rotunda; peristomate continuo, percrasso, fusco, radiatim striato. Long. 8, lat. 3 mm. Hab. Karachi. A well-marked Cirsotrema allied to S. bicarinata, Sowb., attenuata, Pease, and crassilabrum, Sowb.; perhaps most nearly to the Jast-named species, from which it differs in its sutures being not so deeply impressed, thicker and more conspicuous ribbing, much less angled more attenuate form, the continuous, fuscous, radiately striated peristome being similar. Scalaria (Constantia) Standent, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 11.) S. testa parva, fusiformi, fuscata; anfractibus octo, quorum tribus albis, vitreis, fere lavibus, ceteris ventricosis, apud suturas im- pressis, arctissime decussatis, interstitiis exacte quadratis, ultimi * (pupa, a beautiful habitation, Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &e. 93 anfractus costulis longitudinalibus circa duo et quadraginta, spiralibus octodecim; apertura rotunda; peristomate fere con- tinuo, paullum incrassato, albescente. Long. 4:50, lat. 2 mm, Hab. Karachi. A small but highly chased Constantia, of about the sane dimensions as jucunda, Adams, from Corea, but with rounder peristome, eight instead of six whorls, and with last whorl more ventricose and not produced basally. The colour is fuscous; the three apical whorls are almost smooth, shining, vitreous, the remaining five all ventricose, impressed at the sutures, and very closely decussate, with many small longi- tudinal riblets, crossed spirally by others of the same nature and consistency, leaving minute quadrate interstices between them at the point of junction. The peristome is almost continuous, whitish, slightly incrassate, aperture round. Several examples, some of which (which have come to hand since the original description was framed) are lighter in colour but otherwise identical. I do not consider Constantia more than subgeneric. I have much pleasure in associating this little shell with the name of Mr. Robert Standen, Assistant Curator of the Manchester Museum, who is about to collaborate with me in drawing up a complete catalogue of Mr. Townsend’s large collections of Mollusca from the Indian Ocean. Acteopyramis Psyche, sp.n, (Pl. I. fig. 13.) A, testa attenuato-fusiformi, perlonga, tenui, subpellucida, albido- straminea; anfractibus decem, apud suturas gradatulis, apicali heterostropho, levi, globulari, ceteris arcte sulcatis, sulcis pulchre punctulatis, ultimo anfractu fere recto, attenuato; apertura anguste ovata, labro tenui, margine columellari obscurissime uniplicato, Long. 16°50, lat. 3°50 mm. Hab. Karachi. A most delicate semitranslucent shell, to which the specific name chosen seems very fitting. It is akin doubtless to A. fulva, better, perhaps, known as Monoptygma fulva, A. Ad.; but this name of Gray’s (1840) must become a synonymn, as Lea had previously used it in 1835 for a sub- genus of Ancilla, Lam. From this, however, it differs in several salient particulars—firstly, in the paler attenuation and straightness of whorl; secondly, in possessing two more whorls; thirdly, in the last whorl not being the least shouldered at the periphery; fourthly, in the whitish and 94 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the subpellucid consistency; and, lastly, in the close and fine punctuation of the interstices, A. fulva, Ad., having sulci quite plain and smooth throughout. Odostomia eutropia *, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 14.) O. testa ovato- vel oblongo-fusiformi, candida, perlevi, nitida ; anfractibus 6-7, apicali heterostropho, lacteo, bulbiformi, ceteris profunde ad suturas canaliculatis, paullum gradatis, nequaquam ventricosis, ultimo spiraliter ad peripheriam unicarinato, aliter levissimo; apertura ovata, intus spirali-striata ; labro vix, preter ad basim, incrassato ; columella fortiter uniplicata. Long. 5, lat. 2 mm. (sp. maj.). sy tee © 5525s (sp: -maim,). Hab. Karachi; also in mud at 25 fathoms, lat. 26° 23’ N., long. 54° 53’ HE. Shell either ovate or oblong-fusiform, bright shining white ; whorls six or seven, the apical being heterostrophous, milky white and bulbous; the remainder are deeply canaliculate at the sutures, slightly turreted, but not in the least swollen ; the last whorl at the periphery is once sharply carinate (in one or two specimens the keel is not so plainly seen) ; the aperture is oval, within spirally striate, the outer lip is hardly thickened except towards the base, the columella being more strongly plaited. This is the species mentioned (Proc. Mal. Soc. vol. ii. p- 113) as having been noticed at Bombay, and descriptions drawn up, when the specimens unfortunately got mislaid, naturally therefore precluding publication. Many examples have been found at Karachi by Mr. Townsend, showing some variety in both size and distinctness of peripherial carination. O. carinata, A. Ad. (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, pl. xxii. fig. 4), has also occurred in the same locality ; it is conspicuous for a thickening below the sutures, thus forming a double angle to each whorl. It does not seem a monstrosity. Pyrgulina epentromidea, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 15.) P. testa ovata, crystallina, tenui, apice heterostropho, pervitreo, levi ; anfractibus quinque, gradatis, apud suturas muitum impressis, undique longitudinaliter costatis, costis delicatis, vitreis, inter- stitiis levibus, ultimo anfractu costis ad basim imam conspicuis, labro tenui; apertura ovata, intus striatula; columella fortiter uniplicata. Long. 2, lat. 1°30 mm. * ed, rpomis, with conspicuous angle or keel. Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &c. 95 Hab. At 25 fathoms, in mud, lat. 26° 23’ N., long. 54° 53’ KE. . Remarkably delicate and subpellucid in form, this species, with the important exception of the strong columellar plait, recalls Rissoina epentroma, Melv. The interstices between the ribs are plain and smooth, in which respect it differs from most of its congeners. The apical whorl is hetero- strophe, white, vitreous, smooth and bulbiform ; the remaining four whorls are all uniformly delicately straight-ribbed, and are much impressed suturally, thus assuming a gradate appearance. ‘he mouth is ovate, within spirally striate ; columella with one central strong plait. Pyrgulina glycisma*, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 16.) P. testa ovata, candida, compressa, apice globulari, levi, hetero- stropho ; anfractibus (apicalibus 14 inclusis) 63, ad suturas im- pressis, paullum gradatis, longitudinaliter arcte obliquicostatis, costis levibus, crassiusculis, nitidis, interstitiis delicate spiraliter striatis, ultimo anfractu ad peripheriam spiraliter profunde cana- liculato et radiatim costulato; apertura ovata; labro simplici, paullum incrassato ; columella uniplicata. Long. 3, lat. 1°25 mm. Hab. Karachi. Only a few examples occurred of this small but character- istic species. Mingled with it, but both in far greater plenty, were two having a superticial resemblance to it, viz. Pyrgulina callista, Melv., which, originally described from Bombay f, attains at Karachi a far finer condition and size, and Rissoina epentroma, Melv., likewise first reported | from the same place. The shell is ovate, pure white, sometimes with a cinereous tinge; apical whorls 1}, heterostrophe, smooth, globular; the remaining whorls, 5 in number, are uniformly closely obliquely ribbed, these being shining, smooth, and somewhat thickened, with the interstices spirally striate; the sutures are impressed, causing the spire to appear slightly gradate ; the ribs of the last whorl amount to 24. Aperture is ovate, outer lip only slightly thickened, columella once plaited. At the periphery of the last whorl is a deep spiral channelled groove, with a revolving rib at its margin. This species has as its nearest congeners P. turbonilloides, * ydixiopa, a delicacy. + Mem, Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manch. ser. 4, vol. vii. p.9, pl.i. fig. 18 (1893). { Proc. Mal, Soc, vol. ii. p. 110, pl. viii. fig 23 (1896). 96 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the Brusina, from the Mediterranean, P. monocycla, A. Ad., from Japan, and P. callista, Melv., from the Indian Ocean. Very recently (1898) Prof. Ralph Tate has described P. Mayti* from Tasmania, which by the figure must be close to, if not actually identical with, P. callista. Lacuna tenuistriata, sp.n. (PI. IT. fig. 5.) L, testa ovato-orbiculari, pallide straminea, versus apicem puniceo- suffusa, tenui, anguste umbilicata ; anfractibus quatuor, apicali incluso subpapillari, levi, tumidulis, apud suturas impressis, arctissime spiraliter tenuistriatis, ultimo rapide accrescente, effuso ; apertura lunari, labro exteriore tenui, paullum effuso; margine columellari apud basim crassiusculo, nitido, albo, apud umbilicum canaliculato. Long. 15, lat. 10 mm. Hab. Muscat, Persian Gulf, at 7 fathoms. A most interesting addition to the genus, from the known species of which it differs in greater tenuity, ovate-orbicular form, flattened apex, lowest whorl roundly effuse, the whole surface being most closely and finely spirally striate. Mouth lunar; outer lip thin; columella slightly thickened towards the base, white, shining, canaliculately grooved in the region of the narrow umbilicus. JL. indica, HE. A. Smith, is the only other true Lacuna hitherto recorded from tropical seas. Priotrochus sepulchralis, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 6.) P. testa semiglobosa, anguste umbilicata, gradatula, solida, alba, ochraceo-straminea vel, rare, puniceo-variegata ; anfractibus quinque, apicali acuminato, levi, ceteris gradatis, spiraliter filo- costatis, costulis acutis, ultimo et penultimo infra suturas spiraliter angulatim coronatis; apertura obliqua, rotunda, intus arcte sulcata; labro exteriore effuso, crassiusculo; margine columellari incrassato, albo, nitente. Alt. 11, lat. 10, diam. 10 mm. Hab. Kais Island, 9 fathoms, coral-sand. Several examples, some subfossil. Semiglobular in form, with turreted whorls, the last two possessing, just below the sutures, a spiral coronation of nodules ; the apical whorl is smooth, the remainder being spirally acutely costulate to the base of the last whorl. The aperture is obliquely rounded, within suleate ; outer lip thick, somewhat effuse ; columellar margin thickened, especially in the proximity of the narrow umbilicus. * Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, 1898, p. 84, pl. iv. fig. 6. Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &e. 97 Mactrinula tryphera*,sp.n. (Pl. IL. fig. 7.) M,. testa pertenui, subpellucida, lactea, late trigonali ; umbonibus fere centralibus, prominulis, acutis; margine dorsali antice paullum excavato, deinde versus marginem ventralem leniter rotundato ; postice breviter extenso, longitudinaliter carinato; margine ven- trali versus latus posticum sinuato, aliter fere recto; superficie externa omnino usque ad carinam posticam regulariter concen- trice laminata ; laminis circa sex et viginti, intus pagina pellucida, laminas externas exhibente ; dentibus cardinalibus et lateralibus parvis, contiguis. Alt. 14, lat. 22, diam. 7 mm. Hah, Hinderabi Island, at 35 fathoms, mud. Shell very thin, milky-vitreous, subpellucid, broadly tri- gonal, anteriorly slightly gaping; the umbones are almost central, inclining forwards, acute, and prominent ; the anterior portion of the dorsal margin is excavate and at length gently rounding off towards the ventral margin. Posteriorly the margin (dorsal) is shortly extended, longitudinally once- carinate ; the ventral margin is mostly straight, but sinuous where joined by the carina; the external surface of the shell is uniformly and regularly concentrically laminate, with the exception of the posterior space enclosed by the keel, which is smooth ; the lamine are some six-and-twenty in number, inclusive of those on the umbones, which are small and obscure. Within the surface is pellucid, showing through the external laminz ; the teeth, both cardinal and lateral, are small and near each other. Pallial sinus obscure, hardly perceptible. This is a very beautiful and delicate little mollusk, having some resemblance to the larger and coarser MV. plicataria, L. ; but the form is more regularly trigonal, and the umbones more central, with the anterior dorsal margin less prominently excavate and the concentric laminee closer and finer, While discussing a member of the Mactracea, I should like to take the opportunity of stating that further examination of a species described by me as Petricola lyra, trom Com- mander Shopland’s Aden collections +, prompts one to the decision that it is really a Standella akin to S. Solandri, Gray. The Mactrids of this alliance have a strong super- ficial resemblance to Petricole, and the teeth of this new form were rather distorted and compressed, thus causing * rpvdepos, delicate. + Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. i. p. 204. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 7. Vol. iv. t 98 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the confusion. It has been placed by Mr. Edgar Smith in the National Collection as Standella lyra, Melv., in direct sequence with S. Solandri, Gray. Lucina (Codakia) angela, sp. n. (PI. I, fig: 8.) L. testa parva, orbiculari, albo-calcarea, fere eequilaterali ; umboni- bus contiguis, prominulis, margine dorsali antice paullum exca- vato, deinde leniter rotundato per marginem ventralem usque ad latus posticum ; superficie externa longitudinaliter tenuicostata ; costis ad quinquaginta, delicate imbricatulis, oblique arcuatis, concentrice irregulariter plicata ; costis trans medium versus latus anticum pulchre divaricatis, ligamento vix externo ; pagina interna subpellucente, albida, nitida ; margine undique pulchre crenulato ; dentibus in utraque valva cardinalibus, simul ac lateralibus, duobus ; impressione palliali conspicua, haud sinuosa. Alt. 8, lat. 9, diam. 4 mm. Hab, Gwadur, on hard sandy mud, dredged at 8 fathoms. Allied to L. fibula, Ad. & Rve., and pecten, Lam., this little species differs from both in form and the character of the divaricating ribs. ‘The form is more truly orbicular and almost equilateral. The umbones are prominent, contiguous, and inclined anteriorly, on which side the dorsal margin is slightly excavate, but soon rounds off towards the ventral margin and forms an almost complete circle. ‘he divari- cating ribs are slightly beyond the centre of the surface and towards the anterior side; the total number of ribs is about fifty, they are close and finely imbricate ; the shell is rudely and irregularly, here and there concentrically, plaited. Within, the surface is white, shining, subpellucid, the whole rounded margin is finely crenulate ; each valve possesses two lateral and two cardinal teeth, and the pallial impression is entire and conspicuous. The ligament appears in part con- cealed by the valve-margin. Several examples. Cryptodon victorialis, sp.n. (PI. II. figs. 9, 9a.) C. testa delicata, albo-lactea, ovato-orbiculari, equivalyi, paullum ineequilaterali, undique concentrice pulcherrime lamellata; lamellis teneris, arctis, apud umbones sepe evanidis, in numero circa sexaginta; umbonibus contiguis, antice inversis, latere postico longitudinaliter obliquiplicato, antice lunula distincta ad marginem serrata, excavata; superficie sub lente hic illic pellucide punctata ; dente cardinali valve dextre magno, conspicuo; pagina intus lactea, vix nitente, punctis pellucidis nitidis et striis longitudinalibug notata; linea palliali completa. Alt. 24, lat. 24, diam, 14 (sp. maj.). Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &e. 99 Hab. Near Karachi and also Malcolm Inlet, Persian Gulf, 24 fathoms. A remarkably delicate, semitransparent, milky-white shell, slightly inequilateral, entirely concentrically laminated with about sixty close-lying ridges; these are very thin and worn off, as arule, towards the umbones; these last are contiguous, curving anteriorly ; there is a longitudinal oblique conspicuous fold or groove, extending posteriorly from the umbo to the hinder extremity, and likewise in front; a distinct lunule ; the dorsal margin of the shell is serrate or fimbriolate; in juvenile examples the lamella are more sparse and distant, but the serrations are conspicuous and seem to extend far down both sides almost to the ventral margin. As is the case with several allies, e. g. L. pennsylvanica, L., L. jamat- censis, Lamk., small pellucid raised dots are noticeable with a lens on holding up a specimen to the light. Several examples, but mostly single valves, only one being quite perfect, and that in young condition, with fewer con- centric lamelle (fig. 9 a). Diplodonta holosphera *,sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 11. /p P » Sp s D. testa rotundato-circulari, alba, parum nitida, plana, tumida, eequivalvi, ut proxime equilaterali; umbonibus contiguis, margine dorsali antice paullulum excavato, postice leniter obliquo, deinde omnino rotundato, ligamento externo; valva sinistra duobus dentibus cardinalibus approximatis, dextra duobus, postico bifido ; superficie intus alba, pellucente ; linea palliali simplici. Alt. 8, lat. 8°50, diam. 7°50 mm, Hab. At very low tides, Karachi; also imbedded in rocks at 40 fathoms, lat. 27° N., long. 52° E., Persian Gulf. A few examples of an almost circular spheroid Diplodonta ; valves as nearly as possible equilateral, the umbones con- tiguous, ligament external, margin on either side of the umbones very slightly excavate anteriorly, obliquely straight posteriorly for a short distance, then completely round ; the body of the shell very tumid; there are in either valve two teeth, those of the left valve are closely approximate, the pallial line being simple. Scintilla calliparetat, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 10.) S. testa vitrea, delicata, oblongo-ovata, sequivalvi, semiclausa, fere sequilaterali, nitida, levi, pallide rosea; umbonibus contiguis, * dos, complete, odatpa, a globe. + kadXimapyos, beautiful cheeked. a * 100 On the Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, cc. prominulis, margine dorsali utrinque fere equali, leniter in ventralem immergente ; ligamento interno, hujus valve dente cardinali conspicuo, prolongato, ille duobus minoribus approxi- matis, dente laterali juxta cardinem abbreviato, pagina intus translucida ; impressione palliali integra. - Alt. 9, lat. 14, diam. 4-50 mm. Hab. 'Telegraph-cable, lat. 27° N., long. 52° E., at AO fathoms, Persian Gulf. A very delicate mollusk, allied to S. rosea, Desh. It is very translucent, shining, of the palest blush reflection, oblong-ovate in form, equivalve and almost equilateral, and quite smooth. The umbones are fairly prominent, close together ; dorsal margin continuous, and almost equal posteriorly and anteriorly, gently merging into the ventral margin. Valves almost closed in repose; the ligament is internal, the cardinal tooth prolonged and conspicuous, the fellow valve possessing two smaller teeth ; the lateral tooth is short, placed near the hinge; the inner surface being plain, transparent ; pallial impression entire. ? Gidalina asiatica, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 12.) G@. testa delicatula, nitida, alba, eequivalvi, ineequilaterali; umboni- bus prominulis, contiguis; margine dorsaliantice paullum excavato, deinde leniter rotundato ad marginem ventralem, latere postico paullum producto, oblongato; superficie nitida, hic illie depressi- uscula, concentrice rudistriata; ligamento externo; dentibus dextree valve tribus, sinistre duobus cardinalibus, haud tamen bifidis, lateralibus nullis; pagina interna subpellucida; linea palliali multum sinuosa. Alt. 12, lat. 16, diam. 8 mm. (sp. maj.). Hab. Muscat, at 10 fathoms; also smaller examples at Charbar, Mekran coast, at 83-7 fathoms. I feel some doubt as to the correct generic designation for this shell. It is in shape externally much like Galina subdiaphana, Carp., from California, and Mr. Edgar Smith suggested in consequence that it might be possibly located with it. The teeth, very small and difficult to pronounce upon, seem to agree to a great extent with those of the western Gidalina, but I do not notice that any of them are bifid. Carpenter separated Cooperella from Cdalina on account of this peculiarity alone. If this species be an Cidalina, it would tend to show greater affinity with the Scrobicularinee than the Tellinide, the texture of the shell, though thin, being coarse, here and there irregularly de- pressed and roughly concentrically striate. It is equivalve, On the Classification of Birds. 101 inzquilateral, umbones prominent, oblong in form, being somewhat produced posteriorly ; the ligament is external; teeth in right valve apparently three, in the left two, all cardinal ; inner surface subpellucid, white ; pallial line with a conspicuous sinuosity. Several examples, but only a very few in mature condition. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuatTe I. Fig. 1. Nassa (Hima) ischna. Fig. 2. Drillia theoreta. Fig. 3. Mangilia chilosema. Fig. 4. galgensis. Fig. 5. —— perlonga. Fig. 6. theskelovdes. Fig. 7, Clathurella O’ Maleyi. Fig. 8, Latirus (Peristernia) pagodeformis. Fig. 9. Erato olivaria. Fig. 10. Sealaria (Cirsotrema) hidryma. Fig. 11. (Constantia) Standeni. Fig. 12. Cerithopsis (Seila) bandorensis, Melv. Fig. 13. Acteopyramis Psyche. Fig. 14. Odostomia eutropia. Fig. 15. Pyrgulina epentromidea. Fig. 16. glycisma. Prate II. Fig. 1. Fusus Townsendi. Fig. 2. Mitra (Pusia) Ehze. Figs. 3, 3a. Mitra (Costellaria) revelata. Fig. 4. Natica Ponsonbyt. Fig. 5. Lacuna tenwstriata. Fig. 6. Priotrochus sepulchrals. Fig. 7. Mactrinula tryphera. Fiy. 8. Lucina (Codakia) angela. Figs. 9,9 a. Cryptodon victorialis. Fig. 10. Seintilla callipareia. Fig. 11. Diplodonta holosphera. Fig. 12. ? Qdalina asiatica. VI.— Observations on the Classification of Birds. By Dr. R. W. SHUFELDT*, In former papers of mine the classification of various groups of birds has been treated, their osteology, as a rule, being the anatomical system employed and referred to for the purpose. * From the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,’ 1898, pp. 489-499. Read by title at the Sixteenth Con- gress of the American Ornithologists’ Union, at the United States National Museum, Washington, D.C., 17th November, 1898. 102 Dr. R. W. Shufeldt on the These investigations, as many are aware, have not been con- fined entirely to recent avifaunz, but have also taken into consideration fossil material, the remains of birds that existed as far back as Tertiary time. So far as the United States ornis is concerned, every family, or, indeed, nearly every genus of the recent age, has thus been dealt with, and some of the MSS. presenting the details of these researches have been published, while the far greater proportion of them temporarily await a similar disposition. Jt is in this manner that such groups as the Passeres, the Swifts, the Humming-birds, the Goatsuckers, the Trogons, the Kingfishers, and many others have been gone over and issued in the form of memoirs in different publications, while upon the other hand the osteology of entire groups has been written out and illustrated, and will, when printed, fill in gaps that formerly existed. Among these last, extensive work has also been done with large and small groups of birds not occurring in this country, as the Penguins, the Ostriches, and others. These will not be taken especially into consideration in the present connexion, for the reason that considerable unanimity of opinion exists among naturalists with respect to their taxonomy ; though probably the Penguins form an ex- ception to this statement. Commencing in the United States avifauna with the Pygopodes, however, and passing the various groups in review, following their linear arrangement in the order in which they are usually printed, we meet not only with single species but with groups of species, as to the true taxonomic position of which in the system ornithologists enter- tain very diverse opinions. It is to these that it is my inten- tion to referin the present paper. ‘They have all been closely studied osteologically, and in the case of many of them their general anatomy has been investigated and their biology as a whole given weight. My views upon the classification and systematic position of some of these families or species now in my mind have been bricfly abstracted and published either in ‘The Ibis’ of the British Ornithologists’ Union or in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society of London. Others there are that have not been so noticed. Prior to passing to the aforesaid subject-matter in chief, however, it may be as well first to pay some attention to the morphological characters of birds, with special reference to their use in determining a scheme for the natural classification of the class. By the natural classification of Aves is meant an orderly arrangement of existing birds into major and minor subdivisions according to their true affinities as they actually obtain in nature. ‘hat a real relationship exists among Classification of Birds. 103 certain and various tribes of birds, since the time they have, through theirevolution, become differentiated from theirremote reptilian stock, is a fact that it is feared those who attempt their taxonomy do not always keep impressed with sufficient strength upon their minds. Consequently we often hear of this classifier’s arrangement, and that classifier’s arrangement or scheme, just as though no real affinities existed, whereas it is the duty of each and every one attempting a taxonomic scheme to discover precisely how the avian tree has thrown out its branches and its twigs, and, if possible, determine the points from where they sprung. Hqually useless is it to attempt a classification of birds by selecting for the purpose the ornis of any particular area of the earth’s surface. Those that enter upon the task by applying to taxonomic ornithology the birds occurring within arbitrary political boundaries as mapped out by man will fail utterly, and such a piecemeal provisional classification will, with the greatest certainty, be broken up the moment the first far-seeing taxonomer tests it with. the morphological facts gathered from the entire class, both existing and extinct, as far as they are known to science. For this reason we must consider all the classifications of birds up to the present time as being merely provisional, inasmuch as we are yet so far from possessing the necessary knowledge to define the true one, based upon the complete biological history of the class. A study of the various classi- ficatory schemes that have been presented within the last twenty-three centuries will convince any one that there has been just as much of an evolution in this field as there has been in the case of birds themselves. It must be remembered in this connexion that even as early as Aristotelian time birds were classified into groups, and Pliny, adhering to much that had been done five centuries before him, selected only the very obvious characters of the feet for the purpose, which threw all the birds known to him into three divisions, of which a Hawk, a Hen, and a Goose were respectively repre- sentative. ‘lhus were associated the Ducks and Cormorants, the Rails and Robins—and this is what the feet did. Orni- thology was placed upon a scientific basis about the middle of the seventeenth century through the labours of Willughby and Ray. They were the first to use the two main divisions of Land- and Water-birds, and in subdividing both the bills and feet were used as classificatory characters. For the most part Linnzeus followed Ray, and in doing so kept many birds in taxonomic juxtaposition where the affinity was quite remote. Mergansers and Albatrosses were kept together, as were Divers and Gulls—and so much for what bills and feet 104 Dr. R. W. Shufeldt on the did in those days. Improvement over early authors was very evident, however, and many palpable errors were rectified. From such beginnings the science has grown up, authors and classifiers being more and more numerous with each succeeding generation. Some used one set of characters and some another; but it is to be distinctly noticed that the previous taxonomic schemes have always influenced their followers in later years. Merrem, who in 1812 was perhaps the first to publish a systematic arrangement of the groups of birds, was doubtless influenced by all that had been accomplished prior to his time, as the work of Nitzsch in pterylography, Cuvier in structure, and Linneus and Ray in a number of external characters. His scheme was a solid contribution to the classi- fication of birds, based as it was upon a variety of anatomical characters, as those drawn from the sternum, those from the feathers, those from the osseous system, and those from other parts, as the bills and feet. In fact Merrem took a long step in the direction of the truth, or, rather, in the discovery of the true relationships of birds in nature. - De Blainville quickly followed Merrem, and again re- arranged the avian scheme of classification, fascinated as he was by the characters presented on the part of the body of the sternum. In some directions further advancement was evidenced, however, and this advancement later on was power- fully increased by the labours of Nitzsch, who brought into play the arterial system, the song-muscles, the nasal glands, and other morphological features. Thus, from the time of Nitzsch down to the present day the classification of birds has gone through many changes and many phases at the hands of the ornithologists of the succeeding generations as they have passed. ‘The greatest advances have been made since the scientific demonstration of the law of organic evolution and the derivation of birds became known, and these by the men who have studied the subject from that standpoint. Were it possible for us now to know the complete biology of every bird-form that has existed upon the earth since birds as birds came into existence, there would be among ornithologists an agreement of opinion upon their classification, the world over, within a twelvemonth. If half the species that have existed were known, the scheme would almost work itself out. As it is, we probably see to-day in the world’s avifauna but a paltry remnant of that enormous and unknown host, and it will be generations yet to come ere there will be a consensus of opinion upon the affinities of this puzzling and very homogeneous group of vertebrates. When compared with other major groups of animals, either verte- Classification of Birds. 105 brate or invertebrate, the structural differences to be found among the forms making up the natural minor groups of existing birds are far less apparent than in any one of them. Taken in their entireties, the difference between an Apteryx and a Humming-bird morphologically is not to be compared ‘ with what exists, when thus contrasted, between such forms, for example, as a man and an Ornithorhynchus among mammals, or between a Lancelet and a Bass among fishes. Birds are an extremely compact group, and the disposition is altogether too prevalent, in attempts to classify them, to accord too high a rank to not a few of the divisions above the family. Were birds fishes the entire congregation of them would hardly make more than a respectable order. ‘They are a lucky lot of closely aftined volant feathered reptiles that have specifically multiplied at a wonderful rate since they sprang into existence, and useful and charming as the majority of them are in nature, their taxonomy nevertheless has puzzled the wits of many a man since Aristotle lived, and will doubtless continue to do so in the years to come. ‘To arrive at their true affinities and a natural grouping of the class it will be necessary to utilize every fact that we possess in regard to their biology ; by this it is meant every paleon- tological fact, every fact referring to geographical distribution for all time, every morphological fact, besides all that is known of their biology, habits, and development. In so far as their anatomy is concerned, some of the systems have un- doubtedly proved to be of more value than others in the matter of classification. For example, in this particular the study of the skeleton teaches us more than a comparison of the dermal appendages, but the osseous system is by no means all-sufticient to meet the ends of taxonomy, as some still seem to believe. With regard to this, it is easy to agree with what Protessor Alfred Newton has said, when commenting upon the value of the work left us by Nitzsch, for “ there can be no part of a bird’s organization that by proper study would not help to supply some means of solving the great question of its affinities. ‘This seems to the present writer to be one of the most certain general truths in zoology, and is probably admitted in theory to be so by most zoologists, but their practice is opposed to it; for, whatever group of animals be studied, it is found that one set or another of characters is the chief or favourite of the authors consulted—each generally tuking a separate set, and that to the exclusion of all others, instead of effecting a combination of all the sets and taking the aggregate.” ‘Lhus it is that, notwithstanding the relative value of the characters furnished on the part of any particular 106 Dr. R. W. Shufeldt on the morphological system, as indicating interexisting affinities, that value is certain to be affected when the facts brought out by a study of another system, as the muscular system, for example, are applied to it. As evident as this is, however, we have not far to seek in order to discover avian classifiers who would be content to base their taxonomic scheme of the class upon some single character of some special system, as, for instance, De Blainville did in using only the body of the sternum for the purpose. Such a practice lands one not very far from the plane arrived at by Pliny in the first century. Dr. Alfred Russel Wallace, in criticizing a memoir of Mr. Blanchard’s in ‘The Ibis’ for the year 1864, says very truly that we should make the greatest errors in classification by following the sternum alone, as, ‘ for example, the sterna of the Finches and the Flycatchers are scarcely distinguish- able, notwithstanding the great dissimilarity in almost every part of the structure of these birds—their bills, their feet, their plumage, their habits, food, and digestive organs. On the other hand, the sterna of the several genera of the Capri- mulgide differ from each other more than those of the most distinct families of the restricted Passeres. The Bee-eaters, the Barbets, and the Woodpeckers, again, are three very distinct families, which, in a classification founded upon all parts of a bird’s organization, cannot be brought in close contact; and yet their sterna, according to Mr. Blanchard, much resemble each other. It is evident, therefore, that tlie whole structure of a bird and its corresponding habits may be profoundly modified, and yet the sternum [may retain a very close resemblance to a common form; and, on the other hand, the sternum] * may undergo important changes, while the general organization and habits are but little altered.” So much for the value of single anatomical systems in avian taxonomy, and so much for the value of single characters in any system. Now as to the value of osteology as a whole in the classification of birds, no ornitho- tomist or classifier of this group of vertebrates will for a moment doubt. HKmployed in its entirety the osseous system of Aves stands far in advance of any other in settling the question of affinities and affording characters in classification. It has been almost entirely through our studies of the fossil skeletons of birds that we have been enabled to fix their origin in time or to link them with their extinct reptilian ancestors. * (The passage between brackets is as it stands in ‘Ibis,’ and has probably been omitted by accident in the Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil.—Ebs. | Classification of Birds. 107 The researches of the Parkers in the development of the embryological skeleton of birds; of Huxley in the skull; and the labours of Macgillivray, Nitasch, Merrem, De Blainville, L’Herminier, Cuvier, St.-Hilaire, Gervais, Blanchard, Hyton, Owen, Garrod, Forbes, Fiirbringer, Gadow, Lucas, Beddard, and many others upon the general skeleton ; with the study of paleontological osteology by Milne-Edwards, Cope, Marsh, and their colleagues in the same field, would, when taken in the aggregate, go far toward establishing a natural classifica- tion, or, rather, toward indicating the true affinities of birds. Still, in face of all this, we must believe that osteology is by no means. an all-sufficing guide, nor has it been in the mind of the present writer in his attempts to discover the true kinships existing among birds, their systematic positions, and the places the various natural groups should occupy in any scheme of classification. On the contrary, the aim has been to examine with care into the results of the anatomical and general biological investigations of birds by whomsoever they may have been undertaken and published, so long as those researches seemed to have any bearing upon the solution of the true affinities of the class. With this in view a very wide field of literature has been considered and the works of a great many authors examined. All through this osteology has held the main place, but constantly subject to subordination when factors drawn from other anatomical systems or from the general life-histories of the bird-groups possessed beyond all doubt greater weight and significance. Bearing this in mind, and from osteological premises, let us now proceed to exainine into the probable affinities of certain birds or groups of birds and how we should classify them. An inquiry of this kind would hardly seem to require any apology, inasmuch as no two systematists of all those who have published a scheme of classification for Aves since 1867, when Professor Huxley gave us his, agree upon the position in the system and the affinities of not a few of the natural avian assemblages. Take, for example, the Grebes and Loons. Huxley associated them with the Laride, Pro- cellariide, and Alcide in his group Cecomorphe; Garrod placed them among the Ducks and Penguins in the Anseres ; Forbes included the Heliornitide with them, and created a new group, Eretopodes; Dr. Sclater retained them as a family Colymbide with the Alcidz in the order Pygopodes ; Reichenow did the same, but added the Penguins to the group and called the order Urinatores ; they are a family of a superfamily, and associated with four other superfamilies, 108 Dr. R. W. Shufeldt on the of the Cecomorphe in Dr. Stejneger’s scheme; Dr. Fiir- bringer giving still other new names for orders, suborders, and genera, places them between the Flamingoes and the extinct Hesperornithide ; we find them among the Galliformes in Seebolim’s arrangement; and, finally, considered as two separate orders by Dr. Sharpe. Still other eminent tax- onomers, as Cope, Professors Gadow and Newton, take different views of the subject. In 1890 Professor D’Arcy W. Thompson and the present writer pointed out quite independently of each other the fact that the Loons and Grebes were descendants of the Hesperornithide, an opinion previously expressed by Cope and Fiirbringer. At great variance with this, Professor Newton, Lydekker, and Marsh contended that these extinct Cretaceous divers were some kind of a natatorial Ostrich. These so-called ostrich or “¢ struthious characters’? have been a stumbling-block in times past to more than one avian systematist, but I think their real significance is gradually coming to be better appreciated as time goes on. The great probability is that there was a time in the former history of the class, possibly at about the age when //esperornis flourished, that all birds exhibited such characters in their skeletons. They are retained now only in a few and widely separated groups or families, as the Kiwis, the Tinamus, Ostriches, and some others. Now, apart from a general and superficial resemblance, a typical Loon and a typical Grebe are not, to judge from their osteology, as near akin as many seem to think. Differences of a very marked character distinguish their skulls, their vertebral columns, their sterna, their pelves, and their limb- bones. Still there is a greater similarity between the skeleton of a Loon and a Grebe than there is between a Loon and any representative of the Alcee. About this fact I have satisfied myself after having compared, character for character, as they occur in the skeletons of several species of Loons with the corresponding ones in a number of Grebes, and both with all the Auks found in our United States avifauna save Céero- rhinca. D’Arcy Thompson has shown, beyond all question in my opinion, in his paper ‘On the Systematic Position of Hesperornis,” the affinity of our modern or existing Colymbi with that ancient diver. It would seem then that the time cannot be far distant when naturalists can at least agree upon the relations that these birds bear to each other and to kindred groups. ‘To express this relationship, Loons and Grebes should be associated in one and the same suborder, and a superfamily created for either assemblage. In a linear classification I believe their nearest relatives are the Penguins Classification of Birds. 109 upon the one hand and the Auks upon the other, with the Heliornithide in the next place as a related branch, and one more nearly so than the Laride or the Procellariide. In part, this is believed by Dr. Stejneger to be the relationship, who, however, widely dissociates the Hesperornithide. While this last relationship is fully appreciated by Professor Fur- bringer, that eminent authority nevertheless apparently sees no special affinity between an Auk and a Loon or Grebe, and so very widely separates the Colymbo-Podicipites and the Laro-Limicole assemblages. Passing next to the anserine fowls, one would think that by this time there would be more or less unanimity of opinion among systematic ornithologists as to the affinities and position of such a homogeneous group. As a family the existing Anatidz can but contain the Mergansers, Ducks, Geese, and Swans, while the outliers, either existing or extinct, are not as a rule very puzzling forms. The anserine affinities of Palamedea are now pretty generally recognized; and there can be no question as to the relationships of the extinct Cnemiornis or Cereopsis. Moreover the relation borne by the Flamingoes to the Anseres has been known for a good many years past, and yet, notwithstanding all this, we find almost as much diversity of opinion among the classifiers of birds as to where this very natural group belongs, as has already been pointed out in regard to the Pygopodes. After a careful examination and comparison of the skeleton of Pala- medea, all of our United States Anseres except one or two species, the Flamingoes, including the extinct ones and Paleolodus, and a great many species and genera of Herons, Ibises, Storks, Scopus, and their allies near and remote, and, finally, an equal number of the Steganopodes, [ was led to believe a year or two ago that the duck tribe in its widest sense, with the allied suborders containing the Palamedeida, the Phoenicopteride, and their fossil relatives, constituted a group, the nearest related branches to which were the Stegano- podes upon the one hand and the Herodiones upon the other. An opinion practically quite similar to this is entertained by Dr. Sharpe and Dr. Stejneger, while on the other hand Dr. Gadow places the Anseriformes between the Falconiformes upon the one hand and the Crypturiformes upon the other, which of course is an utterly different view of their relation- ships. ‘To discuss these latter here is obviously out of the question, as it would carry the present paper far beyond its limits. Before turning from the Anseres, however, I desire to say that I have found some interesting osteological points in the skeleton of Dendrocygna autumnalis, one of the tree- 110 Dr. R. W. Shufeldt on the ducks. Although presenting several anatomical peculiarities, this genus is one containing several species of ducks, and ducks not so very far removed from either the Teals, or the Mallard, or perhaps Spatula. ‘There is very little Goose, and still less Swan, in the morphology of Dendrocygna, and for what reason the genus has been placed between Phzlacte and Olor in the ‘Check-list’ it is difficult for me to understand. In the first edition of his ‘Manual’ Mr. Ridgway places Dendrocygna the last genus in the duck-series where the synopses of characters of the Anseres are set forth, while in the part devoted to the diagnoses of species and genera these Fig. 1. Fig. 1—Right lateral view of the skull of Dendrocygna autumnalis, showing complete bony ring surrounding orbit. Pterygoids lost. From a photograph by the author. 2 nat. size. Fig. 2.—Right lateral view of part of trunk-skeleton of same specimen. 2 nat. size. Tree-Ducks are placed between the Swans and the Geese, as in the ‘ Check-list.’, They have, as I have just said, some peculiar characters about them, and of these one of the most interesting is the fact that they have complete bony rings surrounding the orbits, as is the case in several genera of parrots and some other birds. So far as I am aware it is the only genus of ducks that presents this character—indeed, the only anserine bird that has it. Coming to the Cranes and Rails we meet with an interesting Classification of Birds. 1G) form in Aramus giganteus. During the past few years I have compared the skeletons of several hundred species of birds and written out the osteology of nearly every genus in this country, and among all these have been included the entire Crane and Rail group with all the North-American birds in any way related to it. In this manner have Grus, Aramus, Rallus, Porzana, Crex, Ionornis, Gallinula, Fulica, and others been dealt with, and their skeletal characters arrayed in tabular form in great detail. Without entering upon the general taxonomy of this group, it is an interesting fact that, in so far as the skeletal characters are concerned, Aramus presents two for every one in favour of its affinity with Grus as compared with Rallus ; yet in nearly all avian classifica- tions we find this bird arrayed with the typical Rails. Four years ago I published in England an abstract in which was incorporated some of the facts here stated, with part of a scheme for the classification of this group. Since then I have examined a number of forms at that time not available, and although they have not materially altered my original views, some changes will necessarily have to be made in order to include those facts which have since come before me. Of recent years nothing has come to my notice that seems likely to again check the now growing opinion that the Wood- peckers, as another assemblage of birds, see their nearest relatives in the Passeres, and they do not possess those vestiges of lacertilian morphology in the bases of their crania that were formerly supposed to exist there. The double vomers that a few years ago were attributed to them are now generally conceded to be nothing more than mesial edges of the imperfectly ossified palatines, as was pointed out by Garrod in 1872. In that year Garrod printed a brief paper in ‘ The Ibis,’ in which he claimed that Geetnus viridis and its allies possessed a median vomer, though it was differently formed from the bone as it occurs among some of the Passerine birds. Nevertheless Dr. Sharpe, as late as 1891, in his extremely useful brochure ‘Recent Attempts to Classify Birds,’ still claims saurognathism for the Pie?, although in the same paragraph he admits that in this entire suborder the “vomer is slender, pointed, and split” (p. 84). It is not difficult to believe that all of the alleged saurognathous characters in the skull and associated bony arches of the wood- peckers are due to changes wrought in time through the special habits of this particular group of birds, rather than that they stand in evidence as structural remnants inherited from their ancient reptilian ancestors. 112 Mr. W. L. Distant on Neotropical Homoptera. VII.—Some apparently undescribed Neotropical Homoptera. By W. L. DIstant. Fam. Cicadide. Fidicina amena, sp. n. Head and pronotum reddish ochraceous ; mesonotum and abdomen above olivaceous, the first shaded with reddish ochraceous on disk and the second at the lateral margins ; mesonotum with indications of three obconical spots at ante- rior margin. Body beneath and legs reddish ochraceous ; opercula ochraceous ; sternum greyishly tomentose. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, venation brownish ochraceous ; tegmina with the costal membrane and two thirds of basal cell brownish ochraceous; basal area of wings brownish ochraceous, irrorated with pale ochraceous. The face is moderately tumid, with the central sulcation and the transverse striz profound; rostrum reaching the posterior coxee, its apex piceous ; posterior tibize profoundly sulcate and armed with two strong spines on each side. Long. excl. tegm., ¢, 32 millim. ; exp. tegm. 88 millim. Hab. Costa Rica, Vallée du Diguis (Pacifique) (A. Piétier). A species of a uniform and unspotted hue above. Fidicina cachla, sp. n. Body above olivaceous, abdomen more or less suffused with reddish ochraceous. Head with the basal margin of front and space between the eyes more or less piceous; pronotum with a central longitudinal fascia, a short curved discal streak on each side, and the incisures more or less piceous ; meso- notum with four obconical spots on anterior margin (the two central ones much the longest), an elongate spot in front of each anterior angle of the basal cruciform elevation and a spot on each lateral margin of same piceous. Abdomen with the basal segmental margins more or less piceous, the lateral margins near base greyishly pilose. Head beneath, sternum, and legs olivaceous ; abdomen beneath ochraceous. Teomina and wings pale hyaline, the venation ochraceous ; tegmina with the costal membrane, upper half of basal cell, and extreme lower base brownish olivaceous ; wings brownish at base, irrorated with ochraceous. The rostrum, which has its apex piceous, reaches the poste- Mr. W. L. Distant on South-African Homoptera. 113 rior coxe ; the posterior tibie are longly pilose and armed with two spines on each side. Long. excl. tegm., ¢, 25 millim.; exp. tegm. 80 millim. Hab. Costa Rica, Rosario de Desamparados (P. Biolley). Allied to Fidicina brisa, Walk., from British Guiana. Fam. Fulgoride. Hypepa diversa, sp. n. Head and pronotum testaceous; scutellum pale fuscous, with the apical margins and some discal waved fascize ochra- ceous ; abdomen above ochraceous, the base dark fuscous and laterally greyish. Head beneath, sternum, and legs brownish ochraceous, legs spotted with fuscous; abdomen beneath dark fuscous. Tegmina with the basal two thirds rosy red, beyond which the colour is greyish mottled with fuscous. Wings dark greyish, the venation and the whole basal area dark fuscous, and with three long basal radiating pale greenish streaks, Long. excl. tegm. 12 millim.; exp. tegm. 33 millim., Hab. Costa Rica, Las Delicias (Sta. Clara) (P. Biolley). VIII.—On some South-African Homoptera. By W. L. Distant. Fam. Fulgoride. Subfam. Pvreorrmz. MAMATOLA, gen. nov. Head subquadrate, a little longer than broad, lateral margins laminate and strongly reflexed at inner margins of eyes, which are large and prominent ; front with the apical margin mode- rately angulated and with a central carina; face longer than broad, widest at base, lateral margins convexly sinuate, and with a very broad central sulcation, which is widest anteriorly. Thorax with a central carina, the anterior lateral angles slightly convex and laminate. Tegmina about twice as long as broad, the apical area strongly reticulate ; costal and inner margins nearly straight, apical margin somewhat angularly convex. Wings broad and rounded. Tuibize sulcated, poste- rior tibize armed with three or four strong spines. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 8 114 Mr. W. L. Distant on South-African Homoptera. Mamatola singularis, sp. n. Head, thorax, body beneath, and legs fuscous, somewhat irrorated with pale brownish ; femora and anterior and inter- mediate tibiz spotted with ochraceous, posterior tibie pale ochraceous, speckled with brownish. Abdomen above san- guineous, with its extreme apex fuscous. Tegmina fuscous, irrorated and spotted with cretaceous. Wings sanguineous, with a very broad fuscous outer margin and with a few very small fuscous spots on basal area. Long. excl. tegm. 13 millim.; exp. tegm. 28 millim. flab, Transvaal, Lydenburg District (coll. Dist.). BENAMATAPA, gen. nov. Head broad, with the eyes almost as broad as pronotum, its anterior margin convex, its disk concavely excavate; face long, broad, gradually narrowing to apex, and strongly trans- versely carinate. Thorax with its anterior margin concave and parallel with the excavation of head; pronotum with a central carina, Tegmina oblong, inner margin moderately sinuate, apical margin rounded. Wings broad, apical angles rounded and prominent. Legs somewhat flattened; anterior femora broad, posterior tibiz armed with six strong spines. Benamatapa Marshalli, sp. n. Head, thorax, and body beneath pale fuscous; legs dark fuscous, anterior and intermediate tibie broadly annulated with greyish; abdomen above ochraceous, its base black. Teemina dull ochraceous, spotted and mottled with dark fuscous, apical area palest. Wings sanguineous, with a sub- apical greyish-white fascia, apical angle and some discal spots black, posterior margin fuscous. Long. excl. tegm. 9 millim.; exp. tegm. 18 millim. Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Guy A. K. Marshall: coll. Dist.) Subfam. Lvrreracuypivz, Paropioxys jucundus, sp. n. Head ochraceous ; abdomen testaceous, with the abdominal appendages ochraceous ; thorax above pale greenish. Head with six black spots, situate two (small) in front of each eye and two (larger) near basal margin; pronotum with a trans- verse series of four black spots, the two central ones slightly larger; mesonotum with five black spots. Head On the Regeneration of Limbs in the Mantile. Lid beneath ochraceous; body beneath and legs carmine-red ; apical half of anterior femora, apex of intermediate femora, and anterior and intermediate tibize pale greenish spotted with black. Tegmina pale greenish, spotted with cretaceous, with two somewhat ill-defined transverse cretaceous fascie, and the following shining black spots, viz.: six on costal margin, two a little above centre of inner margin, and some sixteen on apical area. Wings pale cretaceous, their apices very slightly ochraceous and containing about thirteen smail black spots. Long. excl. tegm. 12 millim.; exp. tegm. 30 millim. Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (coll. Dist.). There is a specimen of this species in the British Museum localized “ N’Gami Country (Lugard).” IX.—The Regeneration of Limbs in the Mantidx, and the constant Occurrence of a Tetramerous Tarsus in Limbs regenerated after Self-mutilation among the Orthoptera pentamera*, By HDMOND BORDAGE. NUMEROUS experiments which I have made upon the Phas- mid, and which I have described in * Comptes Rendus,’ and before the Société de Biologie, have shown that among these insects a limb regenerated atter self-mutilation constantly presents a tetramerous tarsus instead of a normal one with five joints. Messrs. Bateson and Brindley have made the same observation so far as the Diattidee are concerned. It only therefore remains to be seen whether the same effect is produced in the third and last family of the Orthoptera pentamera, the Mantide. I. I undertook the following researches in the island of Bourbon upon the two species of Mantis of the Mascarenes (Mantis prasina and M. pustulata) which are easy to rear in captivity. In the case of the first pair of limbs (predatory legs) self- mutilation never takes place. The same does not hold good, however, in the two succeeding pairs. ‘The leg becomes detached from the body at the groove which marks the trochantero-femoral articulation. Separation takes place with the utmost facility. The process of regeneration in the larve goes on with marvellous rapidity, more quickly even than * Translated from ‘Comptes Rendus,’ exxviii, (1899) pp. 1593-1596, by Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 8* 116 M. E. Bordage on the appears in the case of the Blattide, but nevertheless by no means so fast as I have found it to take place in the Phasmidee. The tarsus of a regenerated limb is always tetramerous, and the relative size of its joints is as constant as in the normal pentamerous structure. The same thing holds good also in the case of the Phasmide and Blattide. II. It is important to note, in the three families of the Orthoptera pentamera, the way in which the replacing limb grows. Instead of developing freely and in a rectilinear manner at the surface formed by the mutilation, the limb must continue to grow, until the next moult, under the skin, which soon covers the wound. The skin is very thin and not at all chitinized, consequently retaining a certain elasticity and transparency even in the Phasmide. The limb in pro- cess of regeneration barely makes a projection under the skin or is so little apparent that in most cases it needs careful examination to determine its presence. The young limb in order to develop under these conditions is obliged to coil upon itself and assume a spiral form*. It is then not seen until the next moult sets it at liberty. When it appears it is in the form of a little blackish appendage, hardly a millimetre or two in length, a smallish limb which immediately unrolls, becoming turgescent and _ rectilinear. From black the limb becomes rapidly of the customary yellowish green, except in the Blattide and certain Phasmide, which are of a brown colour. These changes take place under observation with a rapidity which is really marvellous, and comparable to that which we see in the development or, rather, extension of the wings, especially in the Lepidoptera, when the perfect insect has just left the chrysalis. In a communication read before the Académie des Sciences (at the meeting of June 28th, 1897), I pointed out in the Phasmidé a sensible difference between the rate of growth of anormal limb and one in process of regeneration, which was to the advantage of the latter. This difference is even more noticeable in the Blattide, and greater still in the Mantide. In the last-mentioned Orthoptera, when self-mutilation has * Limbs in process of regeneration develop in the same way among the Orthoptera saltatoria. Such a process is also constant in regenera- tion that follows artificial removal of the tarsus and the distal end of the tibia, although at first sight certain differences may appear to exist. The rule ought probably to be a general one in the Arthropoda, in which regeneration of lost appendages (including antennz) takes place. I am surprised that Messrs. Bateson and Brindley have not recorded this remarkable point in their fine work on the Blattidz, Regeneration of Limbs in the Mantidee. 117 taken place in very young larve, I have seen the repro- duced limb attain in the interval between two moults to the size of the corresponding limb which had persisted. Such perfection, which ought also to be reached in certain cases among the Blattide, is never so great in the Phasmide. In fact, the smallest difference that I have been able to note in members of this family between corresponding limbs, one normal and one replaced, has been 4 mm. at least, and consequently noticeable enough. I must add an important point: whilst in Mantide and Blattide the regenerated limb becomes rectilinear directly after the moult which liberates it, and in the majority of instances is ready to do work imme- diately, this is never the case in Phasmide, for the newly formed leg unrolls itself bit by bit, and does not become definitely rectilinear until after the second moult which follows the automatic mutilation. III. I have been able to determine in the Mantide that apart from the region of the trochantero-femoral articulation, the regenerative power is still apparent in the tarsus and in the extreme terminal part of the tibia after artificial amputa- tion. ‘The regenerated tarsus is four-jointed. The position of the regenerative surfaces is the same in all the three families in the Orthoptera pentamera *. In order that there may be regeneration when artificial severance of the predatory legs is resorted to in the Mantida the tarsi alone must be injured. Although impeded by this mutilation, the Mantids can nevertheless seize their prey. If the least part of the tibia is wounded, the Orthopteron is unable to catch insects, and quickly dies of hunger if not from loss of blood. Up to the present tetramerous regeneration of the tarsus has been observed in eighteen species of Orthoptera penta- mera spread over the three families. The names of the insects are appended :— A. Puasmipa (Ed. Bordage’s experiments).—.Vonandro- oe P ptera tinuncans, Laphiderus scabrosus, Hurycantha horrida, Phyllium siccifolium ft. ede * This is not surprising seeing that the same causes which bring about the mutilations (among the number of which it should be pointed out in the first place are the great strains brought to bear during moulting upon such fragile structures as the tarsus). We shall prove the same point in the case of the Orthoptera saltatoria. Among the Phasmide one must include the tarsal mutilations caused by the egg-shell (see ‘ Comptes Rendus Soe. Biologie,’ Meeting of July 30, 1898, E. Bordage, “Sur les localisations des surfaces de régénération chez les Phasmides’’), + Bull. Soc. entom. de France, 1898, no. 16, pp. 306 & 307. 118 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the B. Mantip# (Ed. Bordage).— Mantis prasina, M. pustulata. C. Buarrips# (Brisout, Bateson, and Brindley).—Periplaneta americana, P. australaste, P. orventalis, Blabera atropos, Nyctibora latipennis, N. sericea, Epilampra cinerea, Homalosilpha.ustilata, Leucophea surinamensis, Monachoda grossa, Panesthia javanica, Phyllodroma germanica. It seems to follow from these observations that as a rule tetramerous regeneration of the tarsus in Orthoptera penta- mera after self-mutilation has its seat in the trochantero- femoral groove. X. — On the Rutelid Beetles of the Transvaal; an Enumeration of a Collection made by Mr. W. L. Distant. By Giupert J. Arrow, F.E.S. THE insects enumerated in this paper form part of the large collection made by Mr. W. L. Distant in successive visits to the Transvaal during the years 1890-1 and 1893-6. Of the new species described here types have been kindly presented by him to the British Museum. Anomala transvalensis, Arrow, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1899, p. 258. Anomala Distanti, Arrow, ibid. These two species are remarkable for sexual differentiation in the structure of the claws, the female having divided claws upon each of the anterior pairs of legs and the male upon the first pair only. Anomala ustulata, sp. n. Elongato-ovata, pallide testacea, capite (clypeo paulo dilutiore), thoracis vittis tribus, scutelli margine (superficie tota rarius) suturaque nigris, pygidio aliquando plus minusve fusco, tarsis ferrugineis ; capite parvo, rugoso, clypei margine valde reflexo ; prothorace brevi, lateribus regulariter arcuatis, angulis posticis obtuse rotundatis, subtilissime punctato, linea media obsolete impresso, vitta longitudinali media et duabus obliquis lateralibus ad basis medium omnibus directis, nigris; scutellocrebre punctato ; elytris elongatis, post mediam ampliatis, profunde punctato- striatis, striis nonnunquam fuscescentibus; pygidio subtiliter punctato-rugoso ; tibiis anticis acute bidentatis, tarsorum anti- corum et intermediorum utroque sexu unguibus externis apice fissis. Long. 16-18 mm. TTab. Pretoria. Rutelid Beetles of the Transvaal. 119 This insect appears to be not uncommon. [ have seen it in various collections. Although somewhat variable, it is very readily recognizable by the three dark marks, resembling a fleur-de-lis, which have the appearance of being burnt into the thorax. Anomala nigrovestita, sp. ui. Elongato-ovalis, rufa, elytris nigris, pedum intermediorum et posticorum tibiis tarsisque nigris vel fuscis; capite parvo, punctato-rugoso, clypei margine semicirculari, valde reflexo ; prothorace parum transverso, antice valde contracto, cum scutello subtiliter punctato ; elytris fere rugose striato-punctatis ; pygidio leviter striolato; pectore dense fulvo-hirto ; pedibus gracilibus, tibiis anticis fortiter bidentatis, tarsorum anticorum utroque sexu unguibus externis fissis. Long. 14-17 mm. Hab. Johannesburg. The species is peculiar both in form and colouring, but seems to be more closely related to A. vetula, Wiedem., than to any other known species of the genus; although that insect has all the claws simple, whereas the present one has a divided claw on the front tarsus. In its general form and sculpture, and especially in the size and shape of the head, it distinctly recalls that species. Anomala marginicollis, sp. n. Parallela, subdepressa, testacea, capite, prothoracis disco, scutello elytrisque fusco-zneis, tibiis tarsisque fusco-rufis; clypeo castaneo cum fronte rugoso-punctato, vertice haud crebre punctato, pro- thoracis marginibus angustis lateralibus et angulis anticis testaceis, undique subtiliter punctato; scutello crebre punctato ; elytris grosse punctato-striatis, interstitiis parce subtilissime punctatis, marginibus perspicue membranaceis ; pygidio testaceo, erosse punctato; pedum anteriorum et intermediorum unguibus externis fissis, ¢ anteriorum lobo interiore late expanso. Long. 113 mm. Hab. Pienaars River. This species, of which there are three specimens, of both sexes, belongs to the small group of African Anomale repre- sented by A. resplendens of Fahreus, characterized by their rectangular and somewhat depressed form. There are several other apparently new species of this genus, which, however, are represented by one sex only and cannot properly be described at present. 120 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Peripopillia basalis, Blanch. This has evidently a wide range, having been previously recorded from Natal and from Zanzibar. Popillia bipunctata, F. Mr. Distant collected a series of this common insect showing all stages from the typical form to the variety limbata, described by Boheman as another species. Nannopopillia major, sp. n. Subparallela, nigro-senea, dense griseo-vestita; prothorace cum pedibus viridi-gneis, elytris nigris, dimidio anteriore testaceo sutura callisque humeralibus exceptis; clypeo subquadrato cum fronte granulato; prothorace undique fortiter punctato, medio obsolete sulcato, angulis anticis fere rectis; scutello grosse irregulariter punctato; elytris profunde punctato-sulcatis ; pygidio punctato-rugoso, basis lateribus longe albo-hirtis. Long. 93 mm. Hab. Pretoria. A single male specimen. The genus Nannopopillia has been formed by Herr Kolbe for Popillia minuscula, Harold, to which this species has evidently a very close relationship. It is larger, however, and the prothorax, although coarsely punctured, is not clothed with hairs except at the sides. ‘There are long hairs upon the ventral part of the pygidium, which are probably peculiar to the male sex. As in the typical species, the larger claw of the middle as well as the front tarsus is cleft, whereas in the true Popillia this is always undivided in the male. Phenomeris Beschket, Mannerh. This beautiful insect is common throughout a large part of South and East Africa. Adoretus hirtellus, Lap. This appears to be the most abundant of the numerous African species of Adoretus. In the Munich Catalogue it is identified with several African and Oriental species under the common name of A. umbrosus, Fabr., which Burmeister has pronounced to be the correct name of the present insect; but from Fabricius’s description I can only regard this as very doubtful. A. cinerarius, Burm., is a synonym of hertellus, and also A. punctipennis, Fahr., the insect being found over a large part of Airica; but there seems to me to be little reason to suppose that it occurs beyond that continent, or that any Oriental species ranges so far. Rutelid Beetles of the Transvaal. 121 Adoretus xanthochrous, Har. Two specimens were found at Barberton. Adoretus impurus, Fahr. A series of specimens from Pretoria shows A. picticollis of Fahreus, as suggested by that author, to be only a variety of A.impurus ; and A. flaveola, Fahr., will probably prove to be also a pale form of the same species. Adoretus ictericus, Burm. A single specimen of this was brought from Barberton. Adoretus cupreus, sp. n. Elongato-ovatus, latus, castaneus, cupreo-nitens, supra parce subtus densius griseo-hirtus vel squamosus; capite mediocre, rugoso, clypeo arcuato ustulato; prothorace latitudine triplo latiore, creberrime punctato, parce setuloso; scutello rugoso; elytris subtiliter rugoso-punctatis, obsolete costatis, parce setulosis, ad costulas squamis albis majoribus sparsutis, lateribus totis arcuatis. Long. 103-12 mm. Hab. Barberton, and in Natal. This species has apparently some affinity with A. picznus, Bohem., which, however, has the prothorax coarsely punctured and the sides of the elytra straight as far as the middle. In A. cupreus the width of the elytra is greatest at the middle and the entire sculpture is very fine and close. I have only seen the female of this insect, the type of which is a specimen from Natal in the British Museum. Adoretus nasutus, Fahy. A specimen was found at the Pienaars River. Adoretus tessulatus, Burm. This has also been described as A. maculatus by Fahreus. It is widely distributed in Southern and Hastern Africa. Mr. Distant found it at Pretoria, Pienaars River, and Zoutspan, in the Transvaal, and in the British Museum there are specimens from the Zambesi, Lake N’gami, and British East Africa. Adoretus decoratus, sp. n. Breviter ovatus, castaneus, capitis vertice, prothoracis disco maculisque elytralibus prope marginem externam, scutellum et apicem, indistincte fusco-zneis, corpore subtus cum pygidio rufo- 122 Mr. G, A. Boulenger on Hymenochirus. fusco, pedibus castaneis; undique sat dense fulvo-setosus vel squamosus, squamis albis aggregatis lineis tribus prothoracis, scutello elytrorum maculisque magnis rotundatis decoratus ; capite parvo, prothorace antice paulo contracto, elytris medio ampliatis, omnibus grosse et laxe punctatis. Long. 9 mm. Hab. Pretoria. This little insect is peculiar both for its short oval form and the pattern of white scales with which it is adorned. It appears to be fairly abundant where it occurs. XI.—On Hymenochirus, a new Type of Aglossal Batrachians. By G. A. BoULENGER, F.R.S. THE natural Suborder of Aglossal Batrachians has so long been known from two genera only, the South-American Pipa and the African Xenopus, that the discovery of a third genus is a matter of great interest, the more so as I shall be able to show that the new type stands in no very close relation to either of its nearest allies, and affords subject for comment on the classification and the geographical distribution. In 1896 there appeared a very unsatisfactory description, accompanied by a figure, of a new Aglossal frog named Xenopus Boettgert, ‘Tornier (Kriechthiere Deutsch-Ost- Afrikas, p. 163), discovered by Stuhlmann at Ituri, near Wandesoma, German Hast Africa. From the description and figure I at once recognized that the new species could not be maintained in the genus Xenopus, and accordingly proposed to make it the type of a new genus, //ymenochirus (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] xvi. 1896, p. 420), distinguished by the half-webbed fingers, the incompletely webbed toes, the third of which exceeds the fourth in length, and, above all, by the absence of lines of sensory muciferous canals on the body. I added that no doubt a careful examination of the type specimen would reveal further differences and suggested the application of the Réntgen rays as a means of obtaining some information on the osteological characters of the unique example. I could not then have imagined that even the presence or absence of teeth had not been ascertained. Fortunately for the progress of science the frog has now been rediscovered on the Benito River, French Congo, by Mr. G. L. Bates, from whom the British Museum has re- ceived several specimens, which I am unable to separate from the East-African type, as far as I am able to judge from Tornier’s description and figure. Now, Hymenochirus proves te Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Hymenochirus. 123 not even to belong to the family Dactylethride, distinguished from the Pipide by the presence of teeth in the upper jaw. The mouth is edentulous, and the structure of the vertebral column and of the pectoral arch has more in common with Pipa than with Xenopus, the presence of claws to the first three toes being the only point of special affinity with the latter. Hymenochirus should therefore enter the Pipide, if dentition be deemed of sufficient taxonomic importance for family distinction. We have then a very interesting example of geographical distribution before us, and one which should remove any doubts as to the natural affinity between Pipa and Xenopus, which has been questioned by some authors, whose doubts have, however, not received the endorse- ment of recent investigators on the anatomy and development (cf. Beddard, P. Z.S. 1895, pp. 827 & 841, and Ridewood, J. Linn. Soc. xxvi. 1897, p. 53, and Anat. Anz. xiii. 1897, p- 359). ‘The presence of only six distinct pieces in the vertebral column of Hymenochirus, as I have ascertained, is so far unique among Batrachians, and is only approached by the number (8) in Prpa and (7) in the fossil genus Pa/eo- batrachus. I do not consider this as in any way adding to the evidence in favour of the allocation of the latter to the Aglossa, as advocated by some authors, since the reduc- tion in the normal number is obtained in a quite different manner. I think the discovery by Ridewood of distinctly segmented ribs in the larva of both Pipa and Xenopus tends to further separate Paleobatrachus, of which the larve are well known and show no distinct ribs, from the Aglossa, and to justify their provisional retention among the Pelobatide. In Xenopus there are 8 distinct presacral vertebrae, as normal in ‘lailless Batrachians; but in Pipa and in Paleo- batrachus the first vertebra is formed by the fusion of two, as proved by the passage of the first spinal nerve through the neural arch and the presence of a diapophysis, which is invariably absent from the atlas; this is also the case in Hymenochirus, in which the sacro-coceygeal complex is seen to be composed of the sacral vertebra and the urostyle, as in Xenopus and Pipa, with only four vertebra intervening between it and the first, thus apparently pointing to excalation, In Paleobatrachus, according to Wolterstorff (Jahrb. nat. Ver. Magdeb. 1886, p. 81), 9 vertebra may be recognized, viz., lst and 2nd fused, dard, 4th, Sth, 6th free, 7th, 8th, Yih fused to form a sacrum. On the whole the skeleton of Hymenochirus much more resembles that of ipa than that of Xenopus. The following characters are common to all three genera :— 124 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Hymenochirus. Fronto-parietals fused to a single bone. Single ostium pharyngium. No distinct mento-meckelians. Sacral diapophyses extremely dilated and fused with the urostyle. Vertebree opisthoccelous. Characters in common with Pipa :— Fusion of the first and second vertebra. Coracoids much expanded towards the sternal end. Very strong wing-like expansion of the ilia. Characters in common with Xenopus :— Sternal cartilage not embraced by, extending outwards beyond, the epicoracoid cartilages. Long thyrohyals. Hymenochirus stands by itself in the presence of only 5 presacral vertebrae; the second and third diapophyses are very long and subequal, but not so long and not so strongly directed forwards as in Pipa and Xenopus; the first, fourth, and fifth are shorter and also subequal. Fronto-parietal very broad, measuring half the width of the skull. Thyro- hyals extremely long. ‘Tibio-fibula with a wing-like ex- pansion of thin bone on each side, forming a deep groove on the outer side; the two bones of the tarsus united by similar bony expansion, which projects wing-like on each side. Pelodytes was so far the only Batrachian in which a fusion of the astragalus with the caleaneum was known to occur, and this in a very different manner. ‘The pracoracoids are feebly curved and form a nearly straight transverse bar, instead of an angle directed forwards. Having thus indicated the most salient osteological features of Hymenochirus Boettgeri, I pass on to a description of the external characters. Head small, very strongly flattened, a little broader than long; snout rounded, projecting slightly beyond the mouth ; nostrils terminal, directed upwards and forwards; eyes small, without lids, supero-lateral; pupil round; interorbital space about half the width of the head; no tympanum. Body much depressed, twice and one third (2) to thrice (2) as long as the head. Fore limb rather feeble ; fingers moderately elongate, sharply pointed, one-half or two-thirds webbed, first a little shorter than second, third longest; no carpal or sub- articular tubercles. Hind limb strong ; tibio-tarsal articu- lation reaching the eye or between the shoulder and the eye; tibia two fifths to one half length of head and body ; toes broadly webbed, but not to the tips, which are sharply pointed, the inner three armed with a small black claw; third On a new Genus of Gobioid Fishes. 125 the longest; no metatarsal or subarticular tubercles. Skin everywhere rough with small granular tubercles, which are larger and conical on the sides of the body and of the limbs, and especially on the back of the thighs; no sensory canals. Vent in a short dermal prominence, not covered by lips. Olive-brown above and beneath, uniform or with very in- distinct darker spots; the larger tubercles somewhat lighter. From snout to vent 37 millim. In the general character of its integument, Hymenochiru shows great resemblance to Pipa, while differing in the absence of dermal appendages on the head; it also agrees with Pipa in having the third toe the longest, whilst the presence ef claws is only paralleled by Xenopus among Tailless Batrachians. In its external characters, therefore, as well as in its skeleton, the new genus exhibits a singular blending of the features which distinguish the two previously known Aglossa, and serves to connect them in a most unexpected manner, whilst it adds to throw doubt on the propriety of establishing families on the presence or absence of teeth, as has been invariably the practice since the time of Duméril and Bibron. I have been the first to lower the systematic importance of that character (Cat. Batr. 1882) and subordi- nate it to other points of structure derived from the skeleton, in which reform I have been followed by Cope (Batr. N. Amer. 1889, p. 247) ; and even soon aiter (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] 1. 1888, p. 188) I found cause to believe that it had been greatly overvalued as defining families, a conclusion which is further enforced by the discovery of Hymenochirus. XI1.— Description of a new Genus of Gobioid Fishes from the Andes of Ecuador. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. OREOGOBIUS. Body elongate, cylindrical, covered with small, strongly ciliated scales ; no lateral line. Mouth large, interior, the lower jaw forming an angle at the symphysis; a single series of minute, closely-set ciluform teeth in the upper jaw, directed downwards and inwards; two series of teeth in the lower jaw, the inner consisting of a few small canines, wide apart and erect, with the point slightly curved inwards, the outer of minute ciliform teeth as in the upper jaw but directed out- wards, perpendicular to the canines. ‘lwo dorsal fins, the anterior with six rays; second dorsal and anal elongate, similarly developed, not reaching the caudal. Ventral fins 126 Rey. Canon Norman’s Revision united into a disk, which is free in its two posterior thirds. A deep axillary pit. This new genus is, perhaps, most nearly related to Hvor- throdus, Gill, which has likewise outwardly directed mandi- bular teeth, but the dentition of which is otherwise entirely different. The occurrence of a Gobioid fish in mountain streams is a fact of exceptional interest. Oreogobius Rosenbergit. Depth of body 6 times in total length, length of head 5 to 52. Length of head 14 its width, which equals its depth ; snout rounded ; diameter of eye 12 in length of snout, 13 in interorbital width, 5 in length of head ; mouth extending to below posterior third of eye; interorbital region and occiput flat; head naked; gill-cleft as wide as its distance from its fellow. Dorsal VI, 110; the space between the two fins equals 3 or 4 the base of the anterior; the rays much more elevated in the male than in the female, the longest, in both fins, measuring 13 length of head in the former, hardly equalling the length of the head in the latter. Anal 110, the longest rays measuring # length of head in the male, $ in the female. Pectoral rounded, with 20 rays, as long as head. Ventral disk a little broader than long, $ length of head. Caudal rounded. A well-developed anal papilla in both sexes. Caudal peduncle compressed, twice as long as deep. 70 to 76 scales in a longitudinal series, 16 or 17 between second dorsal and anal. Dark brown (in spirit), with more or less distinct yellowish cross-bars; each scale with a blackish dot; belly yellowish ; first dorsal, anal, and pectoral blackish ; second dorsal and caudal greyish, with small light spots. Total length 113 millim. Two specimens from Paramba, N.W. Ecuador, 3500 ft. altitude, were obtained by the British Museum from Mr. W. I’. Rosenberg. X1II.— Revision of British Mollusca. By the Rev. Canon A.M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. [Continued from ser, 6, vol. vi. p. 341.] ‘(HE part of the Revision which I now publish was written in 1890, but additions have been made in order to bring our knowledge up to the present time. Publication was delayed because I understood that Mr. Edgar A. Smith would continue the publication of the ‘ Lightning’ and of British Mollusca. 127 ‘Porcupine’ Mollusca, which Jeffreys, at the time of his death, had carried as far as the Cerithiopside ; and I felt it to be desirable to wait, as in case of such publication taking place I should be able to include species there recorded. I now print the following paper, which brings the list of British Mollusca on the descending arrangement as far as the Cerethiopside, which had been reached in Jeffreys’s ascending classification. Ishallnot publish more. Revision of arrangement and nomenclature is very desirable, but the student, from the point to which I have brought him, will be able to complete the list of known British Mollusca with little difficulty if he takes Jeffreys’s ‘ British Conchology’ as his base, and adds the species since recorded, including those procured by the ‘ Porcupine’ and other expeditions. The following papers, which I believe to be almost, if not quite complete, containing records of species added to the British fauna, will be perhaps useful for this purpose :— (1) Jerrreys, J. Gwyn.—On the ‘ Valorous’ and other Mollusca, in which notes will be found with reference to British species, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvii. 1876, pp. 251 & 490, vol. xix. 1877, pp- 153, 231, 317. (2) Norman, A. M.—*On the Occurrence of Neomenia (Solenopus) in the British Seas,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 164. (3) Jerrreys, J. Gwyn.—‘ The Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868- 70,” Proce. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 393, 1879, p. 533, 1881, pp. 693 & 922, 1882, p. 656, 1883, p. 88, 1884, pp. 111 & 341, 1885, p. 27. (4) Jerrreys, J. Gwyn.—“ New Species of Chzton lately found on the British Coasts,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. 1880, p. 31. (5) Murray, Joun.— Exploration of the Faroe Channel in 1880 by H.M. hired Ship ‘ Knight Errant,’ Proce, Roy. Soc. Edin. 1881-2. The Mollusca by J. Gwyn JEFFREYS. (6) JEFFREYS, J. Gwyn.—“ Mollusca of the Cruise of the ‘Triton’ between the Hebrides and Faroes in 1882,” . Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 390; but the only stations from which Mollusca are referred to in this paper, and which are within the British area, are Lay LOF 11, 13, the rest are in the Faroe Channel. (7) Marsuatyt, J. T.—“On some new British Shells,” Journ, Conchol, vol, v. 1886-88, pp. 186 & 278. 128 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision (8) Smirn, Epcar A.—“ Notes on British Hydrobie, with a Description of a supposed new Species,” Journ. Conchol. vol. vi. 1889, p. 142. (9) Green, Rev. W. 8S.— Report of a Deep-Sea Trawling Cruise off the S.W. of Ireland,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iv. 1889, p. 409. Mollusca by Enear A. SMITH. (10) Bourns, G. C.— Report Trawling Cruise in H.M.S. ‘Research’ off the South-west Coast of Ireland,” Journal Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, new series, vol. i. 1889-90, p. 306. The Mollusca by A. M. NorMAN. (11) Garstanc, WALTER.—“ A complete List of the Opistho- branchiate Mollusca found at Plymouth,” Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, new series, vol. 1. 1890, p. 399. (12) Jorpan, H. K.—‘‘On the Species and Varieties of the Genus Fusus which inhabit the Seas surrounding the British Isles,” Journ. Conchol. vol. vi. 1890, p 225. In this paper species are recorded which have only been dredged in the Faroe Channel, and therefore, I consider, have no claim whatever to be regarded as members of the British fauna. All that is given respecting them is “cold area,” and the number of the station of the expedition in which they were found. Without latitude and longitude it is impossible for the ordinary reader of the paper to know their exact habitat; but a reference to the reports of the ‘Knight Errant’ and ‘Triton’ expeditions will show their habitat to be the Faroe Channel, and therefore they are not noticed in the present paper. ‘I'he species referred to are the five Hust, Sabint, Gray, delrcutus, Jettreys, hirsutus, Jettreys, concinnus, Jeffreys, and lachesis, Mérch. (13) Marsuat, J. 'T.—“ Additions to British Mollusca,” Journ. Conchol. vol. vil. 1892-4, pp. 241 & 379, vol. vill. 1895-7, pp. 888 & 3885, vol. ix. 1898-9, pp 61, 120, & 165. (14) Cuasrer, G. W., and Heatucore, W. H.— Contri- bution to a List of the Marine Mollusca and Brachio- poda of the neighbourhood of Oban,” Journ. Conchol. vol. vil. 1892-4, p. 289. (15) Croucu (W.).— Crep:dula fornicata in Essex,” Proce. Malacol. Soc. vol. 1. 1893, p. 19. Many years ago, when dredging at Salcombe, in Devon- shire, | tound very numerous dead shells of the American oyster, which had been laid down there, and of Crepidula of British Mollusca. 129 fornicata, which were no doubt living on the oysters when imported, but all seemed to have perished. (16) Cuaster, G. W.— Adeorbis unisulcatus, new Species from the Irish Coast,” Journ. Conchol. vol. viii. 1895-7, p. 373. (17) Marswaty, J. T.—‘The Marine Shells of Scilly,” Journ. Conchol. vol. viii. 1895-7, p. 431. (18) Garstana, W.—“ On the Gastropod Colpodaspis pusilla of Michael Sars,” Proc. Zool. Soc., Nov. 1894, p. 664. (19) Garstang, W.—“ The Aplacophorous Amphineura of the British Seas,” Proc. Malacol. Soc. vol. ii. 1896, . 123. In this interesting paper, under ‘ Fam. I. Cheetoderma- tide,’ Mr. Garstang writes: ‘No British representatives.” Chetoderma nitidulum is, however, a member of the British fauna. It was dredged by the German expedition in 37 fathoms in the “Silver pit,” which is to the west of the Dogger Bank, and nearly east of Hull, and was described and figured by Mobius under the name Crystallophrisson nitens. See ‘Jahresbericht der Commiss. zur wissensch, Unters. der deutschen Meere in Kiel fiir die Jahre 1872, 1873, 1875,’ p. 157, pl. iii. figs. 6-12. (20) Jorpan, H. K.—‘“ Some new Species of British Mol- lusca from the ‘Triton’ Expedition, with a List of other Species new to the Faroe Channel,” Proc, Malacol. Soc. vol. 1. 1895, p. 264. Some of these species I cannot receive, according to my views, as “ British ;”’ and the records of localities are most unsatisfactory — Warm Area” being usually given without any reference to even station, still less to latitude and longi- tude. Mr. Jordan differs from me as regards the limits of the “ British Area,” as he has a perfect right to do. But T trust that naturalists will weigh what I have written on this matter, and examine carefully with charts the condi- tions of the sea-bottom in the disputed area, together with Sir John Murray’s description of the Wyville Thomson Ridge and its effect upon this fauna in the ‘ Knight Errant’ and ‘ Triton’ Reports; and then my views will not be mis- understood as they have been by Mr. Jordan. I do not ex- clude the Faroe Channel only because the water is cold there, but because it geographically belongs to Faroe and not to Britain; and the “ Wyville Thomson Ridge” separates two oceans, since it slopes to the south into the Atlantic, with the “warmer area” of that ocean at 500 fathoms, and descends to the north into the Arctic Ocean, with its “ cold area” of 500 fathoms. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 7. Vol. iv. 9 130 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision Superorder STREPTONEURA, Spengel. Order PECTINIBRANCHIATA. Suborder I. TOXOGLOSSA. Fam. 1. Pleurotomidz. Genus 1. Beta, Leach. 1. Bela pyramidalis (Strém). Bela pyramidalis, G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norveg. p. 222, pl. xvi. figs. 3, 4. Plewrotoma pyramidalis, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. (1878) p. 328. ‘Lightning’ Expedition, Stat. 13, lat. 59° 5’ N., long. 7° 29' W., north of the Hebrides, 189 fathoms (Jeffreys). It is found throughout the Arctic regions of the Atlantic, and descends the American coast as far as Cape Cod. It is also found fossil in the Post-Tertiary deposits and Crag. 2. Bela cancellata (Migh.), var. declivis (Lovén). Fusus cancellatus, Migh. Proc, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. i. (1840) p. 50. Defrancia elegans, Moll. Index Moll. Greenl. p. 86. Tritonium declive, Lovén, Gitv, k. Vet.-Akad. Foérh. 1846, p, 145. Bela declivis, G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 224, pl. xvi. fig. 10. Taken together with the last species in the ‘ Lightning’ Expedition, and by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition, 1869, east of Shetland (Stat. 67), in 64 fathoms. Jeffreys also men- tions a var. angustior as taken in 1869, Stat. 65, in 345 fathoms; this was to the N.W. of Shetland. The species occurs on the Norwegian coast not uncom- monly, in the Arctic seas, and on the north-east’ American coast, and was taken by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, on the Channel slope in 567 fathoms south of the British area. The typical cancellata has not yet been found in our seas ; the specimens procured belong to the var. declivis, Lovén. 3. Bela cinerea (Moller). Defrancia cinerea, Moller, /. ¢. p. 86. Bela cinerea, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 327, pl. xxiii. fig. 4; Friele, Den Norske Nodhavs-Exped. 1876-8, Mollusca, ii. (1886) p. 9, pl. vii. fig. 23, & pl. x. fig. 6. Pleurotoma cinerea, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix, p. 880. Dredged by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 78, lat. 60° 14’ N long. 4° 3’ W., in 290 fathoms, to the east of Shetland. oa of British Mollusca. 13 It is recorded from Greenland, Spetsbergen, Iceland, and Norway. 4, Bela Trevelyana (Turton). This species has been well figured both by Sars and Friele. d. Bela tenuicostata (M. Sars). Pleurotoma tenuicostata, M. Sars, Overs. Vid.-Selsk. Forh. 1868, p. 259, Bela tenuicostata, G. O. Sars, l. c. p. 237, pl. xvii. fig. 1; Friele, 2. ¢. p. 14, pl. viii. figs. 16, 17, pl. x. fig. 14. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 23, lat. 56° 7’ N., long. 14° 19 W., 630 fath., to the south of Rockall. This species is common in the Norwegian fiords. It was taken by the Norwegian N.-Atlantic Expedition at seventeen stations in depths 100-1215 fathoms; was dredged by the ‘Valorous’ in the Atlantic in 1450 fathoms, by the ‘ Porcu- pine,’ 1870, in the Bay of Biscay, and by Verrill off the coast of New England in 1290 fathoms. 6. Bela ovalis, Friele. Pleurotoma (Bela) ovalis, Friele, Nyt Mag. xxiii. (1877) p. 9, fig. 5. Pleurotoma exigua, Jetireys, Report ‘Triton’ Exped., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 399, pl. xliv. fig. 10. Bela pygmea, Verrill, Trans. Connect. Acad. vol. y. pt. 2 (1882), p. 460, pl. lvii. fig. 8. Bela ovalis, Friele, 1. ¢. p. 14, pl. viii. figs. 21, 22, pl. x. fig. 19. This little species, it will be seen, has been discovered by three expeditions in widely different areas soon after each other. The British locality is on the Holtenta ground north- west of the Butt of Lewis; ‘Triton’ Exped., 1882, St. 13, lat. 59° 51’ N., long. 8° 18’ W., in 570 fathoms. It was dredged by the Norwegian Exped. at eight stations in 658-1333 fathoms, and by Verrill off N.E. America in 312-1290 fathoms. 7. Bela bicarinata (Couthouy). Pleurotoma bicarinata, Couthouy, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. ii, 1839 p- 105, pl. i. fig. 11. Pleurotoma violacea, Mighels, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. i. 1841, . 50. eames cylindracea, livida, and Beckit, Moller, /. c. pp. 86, 87. Bela bicarinata, G. O. Sare, /. ¢. p. 237, pl. xvi. figs. 11, 12. Bela violacea, id. ib. p. 288, pl. xvii. fig. 2. Bela bicarinata, Friele, 1. ¢. p. 15, pl. viii. figs. 18, 19, pl. x. figs, 15, 16. Pleurotoma bicarinata, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix, (1877) p. 825. ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, to the south of Rockall, St. 23 a, lat. 9 5] 132 Rev. Canon Norman’s Rerision 56° 13! N., long. 14° 18’ W., 420 fathoms; west of Shetland, St. 73, lat. 60° 39’ N., long. 3° 9’ W., 203 fathoms. It is found in Norway, generally within the Arctic Circle, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and off the N.H. American coast. 8. Bela exarata (Moller). Defrancia exarata, MOll. 1. ce. p. 85. Tritonium matrulum, Lovén, CEfvers. Vet.-Akad. Férh. (Index Moll. Scand.) 1846, p. 146. Bela exarata, G. O, Sars, 1. e, p. 232, pl. xvi. fig. 18. Bela nitrula, id. ib. p. 238, pl. xxiii. fig. 9. Bela concinnula, Verrill, Trans. Connect. Acad. vol. v. pt. 2 (1882), p. 468, pl. xliii. fig. 15, and pl. lvii. fig. 11. Pleurotoma exarata, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. (1877) p. 382. ‘Porcupine’ Expedition, 1869, ‘164-1230 fathoms off the west of Ireland” (Jeffreys), that is, St. 25, lat. 56° 41 N., long. 13° 39! W., near Rockall; and St. 17, lat. 54° 28! N long. 11° 44’ W., to the west of Donegal Bay. Its distribution is Norway, Arctic Ocean generally, and North-east America. It is fossil in the Crag (A. Bell), “2 9. Bela turricula (Montagu). Jeffreys, in his account of the ‘Valorous’ Mollusca, writes:— “The sculpture is extremely variable. Having before me a large number of specimens from various parts of the North Atlantic, and after a careful examination and comparison of types of several so-called species, both recent and fossil, I am convinced that the following must be considered synonyms of the present species :—WDefrancia nobilis, scalaris, and Wocdiana ot Miller, Tritontum roseum ot M. Sars, Bela americana of Packard, and Pleurotoma Dowsoni and robusta of S. V. Wood. P. harpularia of Couthouy may be distinct, but it is questionable.” It is therefore doubtful whether any or which of the forms here referred to as synonyms were procured in the ‘ Porcu- pine’ Expedition. I am myself inclined to regard B. sca/aris and B. nobilis as forms of turricula; and, judging from Searles Wood’s figures, P. Dowsont and robusta are also referable to it. I would, moreover, include Lela exarata, but hesitate as to B. rosea, and I doubt if the shell so called by Sars has been found in our seas, though Jeffreys records it from Oban. B. turricula is very variable in sculpture in British seas, but the lattice-work is always less raised than in the Norwegian &. scalaris and nobilis, though of similar OO of British Mollusca. 133 character. I have remarkably large specimens from the Dogger Bank, one inch in length. Off the coast of Marocco, ‘Travailleur’ (Locard). Var. ecostata, Norman. Longitudinal riblets of upper whorls more nu- merous than in the type, but very small and scarcely raised, while on the body-whorl they are either wholly absent, or in other cases only faintly visible. Dublin Bay (from the late Mr. W. W. Walpole). 10. Bela rufa (Montagu), = Pleurotoma rufa, Jeffreys. Var. 1. lactea, Jeffr. Var. 2. semicostata, Jeftr. Var. 3. Ulideana, Thompson. Var. 4. Cranchii, Brown. Var. 5. angusta, Jeffr. Jeffreys states that Sars found this species in Finmark, This is a mistake, as it does not occur in Norway or Fin- mark ; indeed its range is unusually limited. It is not recorded from the Mediterranean, Genus 2. TYPHLOMANGILIA, G. O. Sars. 1. Typhlomangilia nivalis (Lovén). Pleurotoma nivalis, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. iv. p. 888, v. p. 220, pl. xci. fig. 4. s' yphlomangelia nivalis, G. O, Sars, l. c. p. 241, pl. xvii. fig. 6. Dredged by Dr. Jeffreys and myself off Unst, Shetland, in 120 fathoms, and by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, ‘‘ N. of Hebrides, in 170 f.” * I have dredged it frequently in the fiords of West Norway, and Sars has procured it as far north as the Lofoten Islands. It was dredged by the ‘ T'ravailleur’ in 1882 off the east of Portugal (Locard). Genus 3. Sprrotropis, G. O. Sars. 1. Sprrotropis carinata (Philippi). “ Fusus modiolus, Cristofori & Jan, Cat. 1832, p. 10” (fide Jeffreys). Pleurotoma carinatum, Philippi, Enum, Mollusc. Sicilize, vol. ii. p. 176, pl. xxvi. fig. 19. * Jeffreys does not give the station, and the exact depth is not recorded for any station. The nearest is Stat. 6,167 fathoms; and if that station is intended, it is not within the British area. 134 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision Pleurotoma carinata, Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. vol. v. p. 221, pl. cil. fig. 7. Spirotropis carinata, G. O. Sars, J. €. p. 242, pl. xvii. fig. 5a, 6 (figura bona). Dredged by Dr. Jeffreys and myself N.N.W. of Unst; Shetland, in 120 fathoms, living. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, “ N. of Hebrides, 189 fath.”’ * I have dredged it frequently in the Norwegian fiords, and it occurs in the Mediterranean. By the ‘ Travailleur’ it was obtained off the coasts of Spain, Portugal, and Marocco, and as far south as the Canary Islands (Locard). Genus 4. DrILLiA, Gray. 1. Drillia semicolon (Searles Wood). Pleurotoma semicolon (J. Sow. ?), Searles Wood, Crag Moll., Univalves, p. 04, pl. v. fig. 3. Pleurotoma galerita, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. v. p. 221, pl. cii. fig. 6. Pleurotoma semicolon, Monterosato, Nuova Revista delle Conch. Medit. 1875, p. 42. Jeffreys (Brit. Conch. v. p. 221) writes:—“ A fresh but dead specimen of P. galerita, Ph. (P. galerttum, Moll. Sic. il. p. 172, t. xxvi. fig. 15), was dredged by Carpenter and Thomson in 189 fathoms, about 50 miles N. of the Butt of Lewis. It is a very rare Calabrian fossil.” Philippi’s figure, however, does not at all resemble that of Jeffreys, and Monterosato writes :—“Il P. galeritum, Ph.=subasperum, Brugnone, fossile di Calabria e di Sicilia, & differente.”’ Mediterranean, 50-100 fath. (Jeffreys, dredgings of Capts. Spratt and Nares). Genus 5. HaprRopLeurA, Monterosato MSS. (Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and G. Dollfus, Moll. Marins du Roussillon, p. 110). 1. Heedropleura septangularis (Montagu), =Pleurotoma sept- angularis, Jettr. This species, which is operculated, cannot be retained in the same genus with the inoperculated Mangilie. Genus 6. MANGILIA, Risso. 1. Mangilia striolata (Scacchi). 2. Mangilia attenuata (Montagu). * This exact depth is not given for any station; probably Stat. 85, 190 fathoms. I have a good living specimen, dredged by the ‘ Porcupine ’ and given me by Sir Wyville Thomson. EE ne of British Mollusca. 135 3. Mangilia costata (Donovan). Var. coarctata, Forbes & Hanley. 4, Mangilia rugulosa (Philippi). 5. Mangilia brachystoma (Philippi). 6. Mangilia nebula (Montagu). Var. 1. elongata, Jeftr. Much larger, ? inch long, pale in colour; ribs little raised; spiral striz faint or absent. Bantry and Shetland (A. JZ, N.). Var. 2. levigata, Philippi, = Plewrotoma levigata, var. minor (Jeffreys). “ Anfractibus planiusculis, contiguis, levibus, sub lente tenuissime striatis, superne obsolete plicatis ; apertura oblonga, tertiam longitudinis partem eequante ; cauda brevissima’’ (Phelippz). Ribs of last whorl evanescent or absent. Var. 3. vittata, Norman,=Pleurotoma levigata, Jef- freys (partim). “The space below the suture is girded by a thickened rim, and is always ribless” (Jeffreys). Jeffreys’s var. minor is no doubt the true levigata; but this remarkably fine shell, which he and I took together living between tide-marks at Belgrave Bay, Guernsey, and from which his description of levigata was taken, differs much more widely from the typical nebula than do the true deviyata. It is like devigata in general character, but attains a large size, °6 inch, and has a marked rounded smooth fillet passing round the summit of each whorl and projected over the preceding one. I have seen nothing like this in Mediterranean levi- gota, examined from many localities, nor is this fillet described by any other writer. Var. 4. lactea, Jeffreys. Subgenus 1. PLEUROTOMELLA, Verrill. 7. Mangilia Packardi, Vervill. Pleurotomella Packardi, Verrill, Amer. Journ, Sci. v. p. 15 (Dec. 1872) ; Trans, Conn. Acad. vol. v. p. 453, pl. xliii. fig. 9, pl. lvii. fig. 5, vol. vi. p. 265. Defrancia formosa, Jeffreys, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 397, pl. xliy. figs. 9, 9a, 9b; Watson, Rep. ‘ Challenger,’ Gast. (1885) p. 349, 136 Rev. Canon Norman's Revision Pleurotomella Saffardi, Verrill & Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. vi, (1884), p. 151, pl. xxxi. figs, 4, 4 a. Pleurotomella Packardi, var. formosa, Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, vol. xviii. (1889) p. 119. * Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 65, lat. 61° 10/ N., long. 2° 21s 345 fathoms. ‘ Triton,’ 1882, St. 18, lat. 59° 51’ N., long. 5° 18’ W., 570 fathoms, a single specimen (Jeffreys). ‘Triton, 1882, St..11, lat. 59°30’ N., long. 7° 15) We 555 fathoms (Norman). It has been found off the east coast of America in 85 to 1608 fathoms; by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, off the Lusi- tanian coast, in 414-1095 fathoms; by the ‘ Challenger’ off the Azores, 1000 fathoms, off the Canaries in 1125 fathoms, and off Culebra Island, West Indies, in 390 fathoms. A fragment of this species has also been procured by Prof. G. O. Sars in 400 fathoms, Storeggen, off the Norwegian coast. Subgenus 2, THEssiA, Jeffreys. 8. Mangilia nana (Lovén). Columbella (Thesbia) nana, Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. vol. iv. p. 359, pl. Ixxxvii. fig. 4. Jeffreys placed this species in the genus Columbella, which has an operculum, and differs widely trom this little species. Subgenus 3, TrreEtT1A (Tees, emend.), Bucq., Dautz., & Dollf. 1882. 9. Mangilia anceps (Kichwald). Pleurotoma anceps, Eichwald, Naturhist. von Lith. und Volh. (1880), p. 226. Pleurotoma teres, Forbes (non Reeve), Rep. AXgean Invert. 1844, pp. 189 & 190, and Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. vol. xiv. (1844) p. 412, 1. x. fig. 3. efonca teres, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. vol. iv. p. 362, pl. xxxviii. fig. 5. Raphitoma anceps, G. O. Sars, . c. p. 219, pl. xvii. fig. 9. Pleurotoma (Teres) anceps, Bucq., Dautz., & Dollf. Moll, Marins du Roussillon, 1883, p. 27 and woodcut. Subgenus 4. BELLARDIELLA, P. Fischer, 1883 (Man. de Conchyl. p. 598). 10. Mangiliagracilis (Montagu) ,= Defrancia gracilis, Jeffreys. IT have followed Fischer’s arrangement in including the foregoing subgenera under Mangilia; but the last two can scarcely ultimately remain in that position, the labial sinus of their lip clearly distinguishing them from Mangzla proper. I have kept the next genus distinct, as it appears to embrace a natural group. of British Mollusca. 137 Genus 7. CLATHURELLA, Carpenter, 1857 (= Defrancia, Millet, 1826, but not of Bronn, 1825). 1. Clathurella linearis (Montagu), = Defrancia linearis, Jeffreys. Var. intermedia, F. & H.,=equalis, Jeffr. 2. Clathurella reticulata (Renier), = Defrancia reticulata, Jeffreys. Var. asperrima, F. & H.,=var. formosa, Jeftr. 3. Clathurella purpurea (Montagu),=Defrancia purpurea, Jeffreys. Var. 1. Philberti, Michaud. Var. 2. La Vie, Phil.,=var. oblonga, Jeffr. 4. Clathurella Leufroyt (Michaud). Var. carnosula, Jeffr. Fam. 2. Cancellariide. Genus 1. ApmetE, Moller. 1. Admete viridula (Fabricius). Tritonium viridulum, Fabricius, Faun. Groenl. 1780, p. 402. Admete viridula, G. O. Sars, l. c. p. 216, pl. xiii. figs. 1 a, 6,2; Friele, lc. p. 24, pl. viii. figs. 27-30. Cancellaria viridula, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p- 322 The following locality is within the British area :— ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 65, lat. 61° 10’ N., long. 2° 21’ W., 345 fath. to the N.W. of Shetland. Admete viridula has a very extensive northern range. It is found in all parts of Arctic Europe, and on the coasts of Norway and the United States; in Behring Strait and N. Japan. It was taken, ‘ Porcupine,’ Stat. 1, 1870, in 567 fath. on the slope of the English Channel. It is found fossil in the Red and Coralline Crag. Suborder II. RHACHIGLOSSA. Fam. 1. Fasciolariide. Genus 1. TROSCHELIA, Mérch, 1876 (= Boreofusus, G. O. Sars, 1878). 1. Troschelia berniciensis (King). ‘Triton,’ St. 13, lat. 59° 51’ N., long. 8° 18’ W., 570 fath. 138 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision ‘Lightning,’ St. 13, lat. 59° 5’ N., long. 7° 29’ W., 189 fath., off Butt of Lewis. Var. elegans, Jeffreys. Off Shetland, 78-100 fath. (Jeffreys & Norman). ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 84, lat. 59° 34’ N., long. 6° 34! W., 155 fath. Var. inflata, Jeffreys. Spire shorter, whorls more swollen, shell thin and delicate. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 74, lat. 60° 39’ N., long. 3° 9' W., 208 fath.; St. 78, lat. 60° 14’ N., long. 4° 30! W., 290 fath. The type was taken in the Bay of Biscay by the ‘ Porcu- pine’ and ‘Travailleur ’ expeditions, and together with the two varieties by the ‘ Véringen’ expedition. Its range has been extended as far south as coast of Marocco and the Canary Isles by the ‘ Talisman’ (Locard). Fam. 2. Turbinellide. Genus 1. Merzcerta, Norman, 1878 (= Meyeria, Dunker & Metzger, 1878 (nec Meyerta, M‘Coy, Crust. 1849)). [Metzgeria alba (Jeffreys). Tritonium pusillum, M. Sars, Overs. Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. 1858, p- 39 (name only). Latirus albus, Jeffreys, in Wyville Thomson’s Depths of the Sea, 1873, p- 464 (woodcut). Lathyrus and Meyeria albellus, Dunker & Metzger, Nach. d. deutsch. malak.-zool. Gesellschaft, 1874, p. 8, and Zool. Ergebnisse der Nord- seefahrt, 1874, pp. 257 & 264 and woodcut. Metzgeria alba, Norman, Mollusca of the Bergen Fiords, Journ. of Corchology, vol. ii. 1879, p. 56. Meyeria pusilla, G. O. Sars, 1. c. 1878, p. 245, pl. xiii. fig. 8. In the ‘ Depths of the Sea’ this species is spoken of as “ an interesting addition to the already famous Shetland fauna,” but under the woodcut is written ‘‘ Faroe Channel.” Un- fortunately no station is mentioned, and therefore at present, until Dr. Jeffreys’s MS. is published, some doubt must attach to its being found in our area. Jeffreys gave mea fine living example from the dredging of 1869, but unfor- tunately without station also, On the West Norwegian coast I have dredged it in Bergen Fiord ; off Sartoro, in 15-40 fath.; Solems Fiord, Floré, in 100-250 fath.; and near the mouth of the Hardanger Fiords of British Mollusca. 139 in many places, in 50-100 fath. ; and in Stoksund, 125 fath. Dredged as far south as the Azores by the ‘ Talisman’ (Locard).] Fam. 3. Buccinida. Genus 1. Neprunea, Bolten, 1789. 1. Neptunea antiqua (Linn.). 2. Neptunea despecta, Linn. Murex despectus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1222. Fusus tornatus, Gould, Invert. Mass., edit. Binney (1870), p. 874. Neptunea despecta, G. O. Sars, l. ¢. p. 267, pl. xiv. figs. 4a-c. ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 1, off Valentia, Ireland, 110 fath., and between Galway and the ‘ Porcupine’ Bank. Also off South of Ireland (in Mus. Nor.). Its distribution is Christiania Fiord, Western Norway and Finmark, Iceland, Arctic Hurope generally, Greenland and N.E. America, Siberia. It is a most variable species, and Neptunea antiqua seems to be its southern form ; and the species becomes keeled more or less, and then nodulous as the Neptunea is found under increasing boreal and arctic conditions. Genus 2. UKKo, Friele (=Jumala, Friele). For this change in the generic name see Norman, “A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii., Nov. 1893, p. 352. 1. Ukko Turtoni (Bean). In the paper just referred to I have figured two Norwegian forms of this shell. Genus 3. VoLutorsis, Mérch. 1. Volutopsis norvegica (Chemn.). Genus 4. Sieno, Klein. Subgenus 1. SreHo (typical), * Apex irregular. - 1. Sipho islandicus (Chemn.). Long ago Mr. Walpole procured a specimen from off the Wexford coast which is now in the collection of Dr. Mason, of Burton, who purchased Walpole’s Mollusca. In 1861 | 140 Rev. Ganon Norman’s Revision dredged two dead examples 40 to 50 miles off the south- eastern coast of Shetland in 78 fathoms. Jeffreys had the more important Mollusca in these expeditions, while I had the animals of other classes, and these two specimens are now in the United States National Museum. It has not been again met with in our seas until the last few years, when specimens have been obtained from fishermen’s lines from the west of Dunmore, Co. Waterford. Two of these I procured through Mr. C. Jeffreys, of Tenby. They are living and very fine shells, 4? inches long. One when sent off to me was still alive, and when it arrived, though dead, the animal was quite sweet and fresh. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, between Galway and the ‘ Porcupine’ Bank. Stpho islandicus was dredged by the ‘ Véringen’ as far north as midway between Beeren Island and Spetsbergen in 123 fath. Its most southern known locality is coast of Marocco, ‘ Talisman’ (Locard). 2. Stpho gracilis (Da Costa). This species is subject to very considerable variation. Mr. H. Jordan has described (‘Journal of Conchology,’ vol. vi. 1890, p. 232) three British forms under the names var. Belli- ana, var. Coulsoni, and var. convoluta, the first from the coasts of Wexford and Waterford, the second from Shetland (where it is the common form on the ‘ Haaf”’), the last from Wick, N.B.; but these varieties can scarcely be recognized by descriptions. Var. convoluta has been sent to me by Mr. Jordan from another locality, the Scilly Islands, and I have fine examples of it from the Dogger Bank. The Sipho glaber of Verkruzen and Sars (/. c. p. 271, pl. xv. fig. 7) is also nothing more than a short variety of S. gracilis in which also the spiral sculpture is almost obsolete. The range of the species southwards extends to Marocco, where it was dredged by the ‘Talisman’ (Locard). 3. Sipho turgidulus (Jeffreys, MS.), Friele. Fusus turgidulus (Jetir. MS.), Friele, Nyt Mag. for Naturvidenskab, 1877, p. 8; Kobelt, Jahrb. mal. Gesells. vol. iv. (1877) p. 278, pl. iv. Neptunea (Sipho) turgidula, Friele, Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Buccin- idee (1882), p. 11, pl.i. figs. 18-18, pl. iv. figs. 11-28; Kobelt, Mart, u. Chemn. Conch.-Cab. ii. p. 110, pl. i. figs. 13-18, pl. iv. figs, 14-28 ; Kobelt, Icon. schlentr. europ. Meeresconch. vol. i. Heft 3 (1885), p. 74, pl. xi. figs. 4, 5. In the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition, 1869, it was met with in 155 and 345 fathoms. This gives us St. 84, lat. 59° 34’ N., a of British Mollusca. 141 long. 6° 34’ W., and St. 65, 61° 10’ N., long. 2° 21’ W.; the first of these is North of the Butt of Lewis, the second N.W. of Shetland. By the ‘ Voringen’ it was dredged in 223-649 fath. at six stations, the most northern being lat. 72° 53’ N., long. 19° 52/ EK. By the ‘ Travailleur’ it was dredged off the coast of Spain (Locard). Subgenus 2, SrpHonorsts, Morch, ** Apex depressed ; embryonic whorls gradually diminishing; antigyrous, 4, Sipho propinquus (Alder). ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, N. of Hebrides, 189-530 fath. 5. Stpho Jeffreysianus (Fischer). Fusus buccinatus, Jeffreys, B. C. iv. (1868), p. 340 (nec F, buccinatus, Lamarck). Fusus Jeffreysianus, Fischer, Journ. de Conchyl. xvi. p. 87; Actes de la Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux, xxviii. (1869) p. 141. Fusus Jeffreysianus, Jettreys, B. C. v. p. 219, pl. Ixxxvi. fig. 4. Fischer records it from all the 8.W. coasts of France, and Locard as taken off the north of Spain by the ‘ Travailleur.’ 6. Sipho attenuatus (Jeffreys). Fusus attenuatus, Jeffreys, Proc. Roy. Soe. xviii. no. 121 (1870), p. 434 (name only) ; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. (1876) p- 326, “Shell spindle-shaped, solid, opaque, rather glossy ; the periphery is bluntly angled in a half-grown specimen ; sculp- ture consisting of numerous spiral impressed lines and of minute close-set and slight lines of growth; colour ivory= white; epidermis thin and smooth, pale yellowish white ; spire long and slender, tapering to a very blunt and regularly spiral point, which is not mamillar or twisted; whorls 8-9, compressed, especially below the suture; the last occupies about two thirds of the shell, when viewed with the mouth upwards ; the topmost whorls are nearly equal in breadth ; suture distinct, but not channelled nor deep; it is defined by a thickened edge; mouth oblong, acute-angled above, its length, including that of the canal, is about two fifths of the shell ; canal open, rather long and straight ; owter lip thin, smooth inside ; inner lip filmy; pillar flexuous ; operculum ear-shaped, yellowish brown, curved on the outer side and incurved towards the base on the inner side; it is marked with a few slightly impressed lines, which radiate towards the terminal nucleus, L. 2°25. 3B. 0°85.” 142 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 28, lat. 56° 44’ N., long. 12° 52’ W., 1215 fath., which is 8.S.E. trom Rockall. Jeffreys also gives off West of Ireland, ‘ 1180,” but there was no dredging at that depth. St. 43, lat. 50° 1’ N., long. 12° 26' W., 1207 fath. It was dredged by the ‘ Valorous’ in the Atlantic on the top of a mountain which was discovered (St. 13, lat. 56° 1’N., long. 34° 42! W.) rising some 4500 feet out of the surrounding abyss, but still covered by 690 fathoms of water. I have thought it well to give Jeffreys’s description because at present there is much uncertainty as regards this shell. Is it the same as G. O. Sars’s Sipho tortuosus, var. attenuatus, who has stated that Jeffreys soregarded it? But later (1883) in ‘ Triton’ Report, Jeffreys writes :—“ My Fusus attenuatus is not a variety of that species” [7. e. tortuosus], but does not state whether he considered it the same as Sars’s Finmarkian var. atienuatus. I retain it as doubtfully distinct in consequence of a passage in Friele’s Monograph of the ‘ Voringen’ Buccinide, and I put much trust in his judgment. But first let me state that Friele considers the three forms described and figured by Sars, which include his var. attenuatus, to be one species, which is (fusus tortuosus, Reeve, probably) Zritonium turritum, M. Sars,= Sipho tortuosus, Kobelt and G. O. Sars, = Chrysodomus turritus, Dall *. Sars and Friele have had large series of these shells through their hands, and as they agree their judgment may be regarded as pretty conclusive. Judging from the Fin- markian examples of the three forms which I possess, I also am of the same opinion; and to the synonyms I should be inclined to add as a variety in which the shell is rather wider than usual Fusus delicatus, Jeffreys (‘ Triton’ Exped., Proe. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 396, pl. xliv. fig. 6). Moreover, it may be noted that the Neptunea attenuata of Kobelt (Icon. europ. Meeresconchylien, p. 78, pl. xiv. fig. 12) is a copy of Sars’s figure of his var. attenuata. Respecting Jeftreys’s shell, Friele writes: —“ Sars states that Dr. Jefireys has himself identified the variety attenuata (1. c. pl. xv. fig. 5) as Fusus attenuatus, Jeffreys. I had oppor- tunity of examining this form in Dr. Jeffreys’s collection ; but Fusus attenuatus, it appeared to me, was a species per- fectly distinct from Neptunea turrita. The canal, | observed, was comparatively more open and straight, and the whorls flatter.” * In ‘Valorous’ Report Jeffreys calls twrritus a variety of propin= quus; in ‘Knight Errant’ Report, later, he says “not /. propinquus, Alder, var,” of British Mollusca. 143 It is worthy of notice that even the var. attenuata of Sars is subject to considerable difference of contour. My example from ‘T'romsé, received from Herr Schneider, though smaller than that figured by Sars, being just 14 inch, has an additional whorl, and is narrower in proportion to its length, thus approaching more in proportion to S. lachesis, to which, however, its comparatively flattened whorls and twisted canal show no approach. Locard records this species as taken off the coast of Marocco by the ‘ Travailleur.’ 7. Stpho ebur, Morch. Fusus (Stiphonorbis) ebur, Morch, Journ. d. Conch. (1869), p. 898 *. oe Sarsi, Jetir., 8. Wood, Suppl. Crag Moll. (1872), p. 25, pl. i. Fusus Moebii, Dunker and Metzger, Jahresb. der Comm. zur Unters. der deutschen Meere, 1874, p. 360, pl. vi. fig. 1. Neptunea (Siphonorbis) ebwr, Friele, Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Buc- cinidz (1882), p. 18, pl. ii. figs. 20-23, pl. v. figs. 1-3. Neptunea ebur, Kobelt, Icon, europ. Meeresconch. Heft 3 (1885), p. 13, pl. xii. figs. 5, 6 (copies from Friele). Neptunea Sarsii, Kobelt, 1. c. p. 79, pl. xiii. figs. 7,8 (fig. 8, copy from G. O. Sars). ‘Knight Errant,’ 1880, Stat. 5, lat. 59° 26’ N., long. 7° 19’ W., 515 fathoms, near the Holtenia ground, N.W. from the Butt of Lewis. I have dredged young specimens in the neighbourhood of Lervig in the Hardanger Fiord in 100-210 fathoms, which is, I believe, its present known southern limit in Norway ; Kors Fiord, near Bergen, 300 fathoms (Friele); and ranging straight up the coasts of Norway and Finmark “ to the tract of ocean between Norway and Novaja Zemlja, lat. 72° 31’ N., long. 21° 51’ E, (Friele).” Coast of Greenland (Mérch). Fossil in the Crag (Searles Wood). 8. Sipho fusiformis (Broderip). Buceinum fusiforme, Broderip, Zool. Journ. v. p. 45, pl. iii. fig, 8. Fusus fenestratus, Turton, Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 391; Jeffreys, B, C. iii, p. 343. One of the original British specimens procured by Humphreys from fish-stomachs at Cork, which was in Walpole’s collection and passed thence to that of Dr. Mason, was kindly given me by the latter. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, off the mouth of the Shannon, Ireland, 90 fathoms (St. 6) ; ‘Flying-Fox, 1889, 110 fathoms, off the south coast of Ireland, a very fine specimen 52 mm, in length (£. A. Smith). * This was disputed by Jeffreys, but Friele has compared types, for observations on which see his paper. 144 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision F. fenestratus generally occurs in 100-200 fathoms, and is found throughout Norway, where I have dredged it fine and living in two places near the mouth of the Hardanger Fiord in 80-120 fathoms. Friele records it in the ocean as far north as lat. 72 27’ N., long. 20° 51! E. Jeffreys took it in the ‘ Valorous’ in Davis Strait, 410 fathoms (the greatest depth recorded for the species), and mentions its occurrence in the Bay of Biscay, where HK. A. Smith, on authority of Jeffreys’s MSS., states that it was dredged by the ‘Travailleur’ in 277 to 731 fathoms, also off coast of Marocco (Locard). Genus 5. Liomesus, Stimpson, 1865 (= Buccinopsis, Jeffreys, 1863; non Conrad, 1857, nec Deshayes, 1865). 1. Liomesus Dalet (J. Sow.). To the west of St. Kilda, 100 fathoms (Hoyle). 2. Liomesus (?) striatus (Jeffreys). Buccinopsis striata, Jeffreys, in Wyville Thomson’s ‘ Depths of the Sea,’ p. 463, and woodcut p. 364. This remarkable-looking shell is stated to be “ another interesting addition to the already famous Shetland fauna,” but no station or depth is given. Its retention in this genus is very problematical. Genus 6. Buccinum, Linné. 1. Buccinum undatum, Linn. I have found the true Buccinum undatum as far north-east as Wadsé, on the Varanger Fiord. ‘There it occurs between tide-marks, and near at hand, in similar position, B. gran- landicum ; while at another part, all within a range of less than half a mile, there occurs in abundance a Bucctnum, which is, I believe, unknown elsewhere, "and is so intermediate between these two species, that it is difficult to say to which it should be referred. In size it resembles more nearly the latter ; but many of the specimens have sculpturing closely analogous to that of the former. It is possibly a hybrid. It has been named B. parvulum, Verkruzen. Another northern form of this species is B. Schneidert, Verkruzen, a very pretty milk-white form from deep water off Vard6, where it lives in company with B. perdix, Morch (=B. finmarchianum, Sars). of British Mollusca. 145 2. Buccinum Humphreysianum, Bennett. ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 1, off Valentia, 110 fathoms. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, and ‘ Travailleur,’ Bay of Biscay (Jef Jreys); Norwegian coast, where I have dredged it at the entrance of Fane Fiord near Bergen, and at Floré in 47-70 fathoms. Genus 7. DonovantA, Bucq., Dautz., & Dollf. (=Lachests, Risso, 1826 (preoccupied)). Donovania minima, Bucq., Dautz., & Dollf. Mollusques Marins du Roussillon, 1883, p. 112, pl. xv. figs. 26-80. Donovania minima, Martin T. Woodward, Some Account of the Syn~ onymy and Affinities of Donovania minima, Proc. Malacol. Soe. vol. iii. 1899, p. 235. 1. Donovania minima (Mont.). Var. pallida, Jeffr. Var. alba, Jeffr. I have arranged this genus here in consequence of Mr. M. T. Woodward’s paper on the animal and radula, which he has just published. Fam. 4. Nasside. Genus 1. Nassa, Lamarck. 1. Nassa reticulata (Linn.). Var. nitida, Jeffreys,=Nassa nitida, Jeffreys, B.C. pb ach shes SBE 2. Nassa incrassata (Strom). 3. Nassa pygmea, Lamarck. Fam. 5. Columbellida. Genus 1. Astyris, H. & A. Adams. [Astyris rosacea (Gould). Buccinum rosaceum, Gould, Silliman’s Journal, xxxviii. (1840) p. 197. Mangelia Hobdllii (Beck), Moller, Ind. Moll. Groenl., Nat. Tidsek, iv. 1842, p. 85. Buccinum Holbéllii, Waller, Mollusca Antrim Coast, Journ. Roy, Dubl. Soc. ii. (1858) p. 30, pl. i. fig. 1 a-0, Columbella rosea, Gould, Invert. Mass., edit. Birney, 1870, p. 357. Pyrene rosacea, G. O. Sars, l. c. p. 251, pl. xvi. fig. 1. ‘ON. of Hebrides, 170 fath., C. & T.” (Brit. Conch. v. p. 219). This must refer to the ‘ Lightning’ Exped. St. 9, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. LO. 146 Rey. Canon Norman’s Revision which is lat. 60° 24! N., long. 6° 38’ W., and beyond the British area. It has been dredged, but fossil, on the Turbot Bank, Co. Antrim, by Waller and others; in the Minch by Jeffreys and myself; and off the coast of Aberdeenshire by Mr. R. Dawson. . It is found living on the western and northern coasts of Norway ; on the former I have dredged it in the Bergen and Hardanger Fiords, Spetsbergen, Greenland, N.E. coast of N. America, and Alaska. Fossil in the Upper Glacial deposits. | Genus 2. AnAcuis, H. & A. Adams. 1. Anachis haliceti, Jeffreys. Columbella halieti, Jeffreys, B. C. iv. p. 356. Pyrene costulata, G. O. Sars, l. ¢. p. 252, pl. xxiii. fig. 16; Jeffreys, ‘Knight Errant,’ Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 1882, p. 46.—Nec Fusus costulatus, Cantraine, vide Jeflreys, ‘Triton,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, 892. Aner haliett, Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xviii. 1889, p. 188. Dredged by Jeffreys and myself about 25 miles N.N.W. of Unst, in 85-95 fathoms, together with a var. albula (vide B. C. v. p. 219). ‘ Lightning,’ 1868, St. 14, lat. 59° 59! N., long. 9° 15! W., 650 fathoms; ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, between Gal- way and the Porcupine Bank ; ‘ Knight Errant,’ 1880, St. 7, lat. 59° 37! N., long. 7° 19’ W., 530 tathoms; ‘ Triton,’ 1882, St. 18, lat. 59° 31! N., long. 8° 18! W., 570 fathoms ; ‘ Flying- Fox,’ 1889, 1000 fathoms, off the south of Ireland (Z. A. Smith). Beyond the British area it was dredged by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 42, lat. 49° 12’ N., long. 12° 52’ W., 862 fathoms ; 1870, in the Mediterranean, 1412 fathoms, where it was also procured by the Italian Expedition in 85-544 fathoms. It occurs also in the Bay of Biscay, ‘ Porcupine’ and ‘'Travailleur’ ; among the Lofoten Islands and Finmark (G. 0. Sars), and off the N.E. coast of America, 48-1537 fathoms (Verrill). Fam. 6. Muricide. Genus 1. OcINEBRA, Gray. Ocinebra differs from Murex in its radula and_ its operculum. 1. Ocinebra erinacea (Linn.),= Murex erinaceus, Jeftr. Var. tarentina, Lamarck. This is the common form in our seas. It is not a “ half- grown” state, as Jeffreys says it is (Brit. Conchol. vol. iv. of British Mollusca. 147 p. 810), but a form which has the ribs much less strongly developed than more southern specimens. Var. tetragona, J. Sow. Purpura tetragona, Searles Wood, Crag Moll 1848, p. 38, pl. iv. fig. 7 a-d. In the ‘Annals,’ 1883, a controversy will be found between Jeffreys and Searles Wood, the former maintaining that this shell was a Purpura, the latter that it was a variety of Ocinebra erinacea. Searles Wood kindly sent me some of his specimens of this form from Felixstowe, and it appears to me that he was beyond question right in transferring them to this genus. Var. melanostoma, Jeffreys, B. C. iv. p. 218. Black-mouthed, Jersey (Dodd). What Jeffreys calls var. sewlpta, B. C. iv. p. 808, I judge, from the description, to be what I consider the type of the species. A remarkable variety which is found further south, but has not yet occurred on our coasts, is the Murex torosus, Lamarck. 2. Ocinebra aciculata (Lamarck ),= Murew aciculatus, Jeftr. In the Channel Islands specimens attain much larger dimensions than any I have seen from the Mediterranean or Madeira. A genus has been made for this shell, Ocznebrina, Jous- seaume, 1880,= Corallinia, Bucquoy and Dautzenberg, 1882 ; but it is at most a section of Ocinebra. Genus 2. TropHon, Montfort. 1. Trophon muricatus (Mont.). Var. lactea, Jeftr. This variety was dredged by Jeffreys and myself in Hurds Deep, near Guernsey, in 60 fath. I have not seen it from any other locality. 2. Trophon barvicensis, Johnston. I have collected this in many localities on the west coast of Norway ; but all the specimens thence are much inferior in size to those from our own seas. Its range has been extended southwards to the coast of Marocco by the ‘ Travailleur’ (Locard). 3. Trophon truncatus (Strom). Var. scalaris, This variety, though similar in character, must 148 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision not be confounded with var. Gunnert of the fol- lowing species. Jeffreys (B.C.iv. p. 821) points out the distinctions between this and 7. clathratus, but in his subse- quent papers he united them. It was taken in the ‘ Lightning’ expedition in 530 fath. (St. 12). [Lrophon clathratus (Linn.). Jeffreys, in his account of ‘ Valorous’ Mollusca (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. 1877, p. 325), gives ‘ Porcu- pine’ Expedition, 1869, off the Hebrides, 165-580 fath. No station has the exact depth of 165, but St. 60 is 167 fath., and 580 fath. is the depth of St. 59; but neither of these two stations is within the British area.| 4, Trophon carinatus, Jeffreys. Trophon carinatus, Jeffreys, Mollusca of ‘ Triton,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 395, pl. xliv. fig. 5. A fragment thus named, with the following description :— ‘Shell distinguishable from 1. clathratus in having a promi- nent keel in the middle of each whorl; the laminar ribs are fewer and obtusely angulated ; the spiral striw, which cover the interstices of the ribs, are numerous, regular, compara- tively strong, and flexuous or curved ; colour white ; tnner lip glazed and lustrous. L. (if perfect) 0-6. B. 0°25.” St..13, lat. 59° 51! N., long. 8° 18’ W., 570 fath. This may, I think, prove to be the 7. lacunellus of Dall, ‘Blake’ Mollusca (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xviii. 1889, p. 205, pl. xv. fig. 4), or 7. aculeatus, Watson, ‘ Challenger.’ Genus 38. Purpura, Bruguiére. 1. Purpura lapillus (Linn.). Var. 1. ¢mbricata, Lamk. Tam indebted to the kindness of Mrs. Stebbing for a reversed monstrosity of P. /apillus found by her living on the North Wales coast. [Purpura hemastoma (Linn.), Jeftr. B. C. iv. p. 283. I am not aware that the occurrence of this species at Guern- sey has been confirmed. It may reasonably be expected there, as it occurs on the opposite coast of France (P. Pischer).] of British Mollusca. 149 Suborder III. TASNIOGLOSSA. Fam. 1. Tritonide. Genus 1. Triton, Montfort, 1810 (= Tritontum, Cuvier). 1. Triton nodifer, Lamarck. 2. Triton cutaceus (Linn.). Fam. 2. Cassidide. Genus 1, Casstparta, Lamarck, 1812. 1. Cassidaria rugosa (Linn.). Buccinum rugosum, Linn. Mantissa (1771), p. 549. Buecinum tyrrhenum, Chemnitz, Conch,-Cab. (1788), vol. x. p. 192, pl. cliii. figs. 1461, 1462, Cassidaria depressa, Philippi, Moll. Sic. vol. ii. (1844), p. 186, pl. xxvii. fig. 3, varietas, Cassidaria rugosa, Hidalgo, Moluscos de Espafia &c., 1870-82, pl. . fio. 1. Cassidaria tyrrhena, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus, Mollusques du Roussillon, fase, ii. (1882) pl. ix. fig. 3. This species was first recorded as a member of our fauna by Mr. G. ©. Bourne, who procured two specimens (one of which preserved with the animal in spirits is in my collection) in a trawling-cruise of H.M.S. ‘ Research’ off the south-west of Ireland, lat. 50° 29’ 26” N., long. 11° 4’ W., in 400 fath. In the trawl with it were the fish Haloporphyrus eques; the Echinoderms Spatangus purpureus, Echinus norvegicus, and Nymphaster subspinosus ; the Crustacea Bathynectes superbus, Ebalia nux, Lispognathus Thomsoni, Scyramathea Carpentert, Eupagurus carneus, and Parapagurus pilosimanus; and the Actinozoa Epizoanthus paguriphilus and Actinauge Richard: ; also a living example of another very interesting addition to our molluscan fauna, Solarium mediterraneum, Monterosato (see G. C. Bourne, “ Report of a Trawling-Cruise in H.M.S. ‘Research’ off the South-west of Ireland,” Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, new series, vol. i. 1889-90, p- 806). Cassidaria rugosa has been since several times recorded off the same part of Ireland (see Marshall, Journ. Conchol. vol. vii. p. 380). Distribution. Mediterranean, common. In the Atlantic it has been taken at Guetaria (Hidalgo), Cadiz (Paz), Bay of Biscay, ‘ Porcupine’ and ‘Travailleur’ (Jeffreys), Belle Ile, Hoedic, and Croisic (Catlliaud), off Marocco, ‘ Talisman’ (Locard). 150 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision This would certainly seem to be the Buccinum rugosum, Linn. (nec Gmelin). Hidalgo, in support of this view, draws special attention to the words italicized in the following description of Linné:— Testa magnitudine ovi, alba, striis transversis, elevatis, numerosissimis, confertissimis : quarum sexta (a sutura spirali) crasstor, tuberculis constituens cingu- lum. Spira omnino ovata, acuta. Cauda exserta, leviter ascendens. Labrum marginatum, intus ineequaliter tubercu- latum. Labium inferius late explanatum, tn ipsa fauce in- eguale. Crypta, inter testam et labium interius, profunda. Bonanni, Recr. 3, fig. 160.” This description seems clearly to apply to the present species and not to a variety of Cass¢daria echinophorus. For fuller observations on the subject see Hidalgo’s work. Fam. 3. Cypreide. Genus 1. Ovuta, Bruguiére, 1789. Subgenus Srmntra, Leach, 1829. 1. Ovula patula (Pennant). Genus 2. Cypr@ma, Linné, Subgenus Trivia, Gray. 1. Cyprea europea, Mont. Genus 3. ERATO, Risso. 1. Erato levis (Donovan). Marginella levis, Jeffreys, B. C. iv. p. 400, pl. xcii. fig. 1. Fam. 4. Aporrhaide. Genus 1. APoRRHAIS (Petiver, 1702), Da Costa. 1. Aporrhais pes-pelecant (Linn.). 2. Aporrhais serresianus (Michaud). Rostellaria serresiana, Michaud, Bull. Soc. Linn. Bord. ii. 1828, p. 120, pl. i. figs. 3, 4. o, jj Chenupus serresianus, Philippi, Enum, Moll, Sic. ii, (1844) p. 185, pl. xxvii. fig. 6. 4 Aporrhais serresianus, G. O. Sars, J. c. p. 192, pl. xxii. figs. 7 a, 6, pl. xiii. fig. 4; Norman, Journal of Conchology, ii. (1879) p. 55. — of British Mollusca. 151 Var. McAndree, Jeftr. Aporrhais pes-carbonis (? Brong.), Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll. iii. p. 186, pl. lxxxix. figs. 5, 6. Aporrhais Macandree, Jeffreys, B. C. iv. p. 253, v. pl. xxx. figs. 1, 2. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stats. 1, 3, 5, 6, 10, 17, 18, 23 a, off W. of Ireland, to 1435 fath.; 65, 68, 70, Hast and West of Shetland ; 45a, 45 6, S.W. of Ireland, 458 fath. Jeffreys does not state to which variety the specimens pro- cured by the ‘ Porcupine’ belonged, but in 1870 I dredged on Jeffreys’s yacht the ‘Osprey,’ off Valentia, 112 fath., the typical form closely agreeing with those of the Mediterranean. This same form occurs on the coast of Norway, where I have dredged it at the mouth of Fane Fiord, near Bergen, living in 50-120 fathoms. The form Macandree, which alone was found by Barlee, Jeffreys, and myself in the Shetland seas, measures 34 millim., and J have full-grown specimens which do not exceed 24 millim.; the Valentia specimens are 43 millim. There is considerable variation in the length and form of the digita- tions. In a Naples specimen in my cabinet the upper spike overtops the spire by half its own length, and in Mediter- ranean examples the posterior spike has often a large bulbous swelling at half its length. Fam. 5. Cerithiide. Genus 1. CERITHIUM. 1. Cerithium procerum, Jeftreys. Cerithium procerum, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. (1877) p. 822, and Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 53, pl. vi. figs. 2, 2 a. Cerithium Danielssent, Friele, Nyt Mag. for Naturvid. 1877, p. 3. eR ay procerum, Friele, Jahrbuch deutsch. mal. Gesells. vi. (1879) p. s/o. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 23a, to the south of Rockall, in 420 fath. ‘ Lightning,’ St. 1, lat. 59° 20! N., long. 7° 5! W., 500 fath., north of Lewis. Distribution. North Atlantic, ‘ Valorous,’ St. 12, 1450 fath. ; ‘ Voringen,’ from 62° 44! N. to Spetsbergen, in 400-1130 fath. (Friele) ; ‘Porcupine,’ 1870, St. 22, off Lisbon, 718 fath. ; Jeffreys (Proc. Zool. Soc.) also gives ‘‘ between the Faroes and Hebrides, ‘Triton’ cruise”; but it is not mentioned in the account of ‘ Triton’ Mollusca, and therefore the locality may have been north of lat. 60° N. 152 Revision of British Mollusca. Genus 2. Triroris, Deshayes. Subgenus MonopHorvs, Grillo, 1877= Beforma, B. D. & D. 1884. 1. Triforis perversa (Linn.),= Certthium perversum, Jeffreys, B. C. iv. p. 261. Genus 3. Birtium, Gray. 1. Bittium reticulatum (Da Costa), = Cerithium reticulatum, Jeffreys, B. C. iv. p. 258. Genus 4. LovEeNELLA, G. O. Sars, 1878 (= Cerithiella, Verrill, 1882). 1. Lovenella metula (Lovén),= Cerithium metula, Jeffreys, IB. Oa. p..206, ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Stats. 23 a, to the south of Rockall, in 420 fath.; 65 N.E. of Shetland, 345 fath.; ‘ Knight Er- rant,’ St. 7, 540 fath., to the west of the ‘‘ Wyville Thomson Ridge ;” ‘ Triton,’ St. 10, in the same district as the last. Its distribution is Spetsbergen (Hrdele) ; Norway (A. MN. &c.) ; Finmark (G. O. Sars) ; Bay of Biscay and off coasts of Spain and Portugal, ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870 (J. G. J). Genus 5. CERITHIOPSIS, Forbes & Hanley. “1. Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Mont.). Var. albescens, Marshall, Journ. of Conchol. vol. vii. (1892-4) p. 259. Var. scalaris, Monterosato, id. ib. p. 259. Var. acicula, Brusina, id. ib. p. 259. Cerithiopsis Barleet, Jeffreys. Cerithiopsis pulchella, Jeffreys. Cerithiopsis Metaxe (Della Chiaje). Oerithiopsis costulata (Moller). Rieti gine Genus 5. Lmococuuis, Metzger & Mayer. . Leocochlis granosa (S. V. Wood). Cerithium granosum, 8. V. Wood, Crag Moll. Palzeont. Soc. 1848, p. 78, pl. viii. fig. 9. Triforis McAndrei, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1848, p. 1. Triforis nivea, M. Sars, Chr. Videns.-Selsk. Forhand. 1858, p. 85. Leéocochlis pommerania, Dunker & Metzger, Nach. d. deutsch. mal.- zool. Gesellsch. 1874, p. 7, and Nordsee Jahrb. der ‘ Pommerania,’ 1874, pp. 249 & 258, pl. vi. fig. 3, and woodcut p. 264, fig. 3. Cerithium granosum, Wyville Thomson, Depths of the Sea, 1873, p, 463. Leocochlis granosa, G. O. Sars, J. ¢. p. 190, pl. xiii. fig. 6; Jeffreys, Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, Proc. Zool, Soc. 1885, p. 52. — Bibliographical Notices. 153 In Wyville Thomson’s ‘ Depths of the Sea,’ 1873, p. 463, it is stated: “ Certthium granosum, 8. V. Wood, is also common to Norway and Shetland; ” and I myself have a small dead specimen which was given me by my late friend Mr. E. Waller as from “ Shetland;”’ but Jeffreys does not give a station in his report which is in the Shetland Sea. The following, however, establish its claims to be included in our fauna :—‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 23a, lat. 56° 13’ N., long. 14° 18’ W., that is, south of Rockall in 420 fathoms ; Stations 89 and 90, which were on the ‘ Holtenia’ ground, N.W. of the Butt of Lewis, lat. 59° 38’ to 41’, long. 7° 46’ to 34! W., in 445 and 458 fathoms. It was also taken to the north of our area by ‘ Lightning,’ St. 2, and ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 65. [have myself dredged it in several places on the west of Norway, and Sars has recorded it from Finmark. As a fossil it occurs in the Red and Coralline Crags, and also in the Antwerp Crag. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Insects, their Structure and Life. A Primer of Entomology. By Georce H. Carprenrer, B.Sc. Lond. Pp. xi, 404, London, J. M. Dent & Co. In this useful little book Mr. Carpenter has given a sketch of the structure of insects in general (the cockroach being taken as a typical example), and an abstract of the classification, structure, habits, and pedigree of insects, not forgetting to add a Bibliography and Index. Although the book does not profess much originality, it is well arranged, and contains a large amount of information which it would require much time and trouble to collect elsewhere, even with the aid of the bibliography which Mr. Carpenter has appended to his work. The non-technical portions (those dealing with habits, evolution, pedigree, &c.) are written in a very clear and pleasing style, and may interest many readers who might not care for the more technical parts of a work on entomology ; for the subject is so vast and varied that it presents ample materials for study, equally to the systematist, the comparative anatomist, the field naturalist, the geologist, the philosopher, and the amateur who wishes for as much general superticial knowledge of everything as he can obtain. It is not to be supposed that a book of such a comprehensive character can be free from error; but although we may not always agree with the author’s conclusions, we have not noticed anything which we should be disposed to regard as seriously detracting from its value. The amount of space devoted to different parts of the subject, the reliability and real importance of various observations and experiments, the mutual affinities of different families of insects, the probable number of existing species of insects, and the problems of Evolution and Geographical Distribu- tion are all subjects on which no general consensus of opinion can at present be expected. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. bi 154 Miscellaneous. We should mention that the numerous illustrations, though not original, are taken from a variety of sources, many of which are not very easily accessible, and a considerable number from American periodicals, There is much work still to be done in entomology, and as each generation of entomologists starts with far greater facilities for work than their predecessors have enjoyed, it is from the younger entomologists, like Mr. Carpenter, that we may confidently expect a large increase of our knowledge of the insect-world. Cries and Call-notes of Birds: with Musical Illustrations. By C. A. Wircuett. 8vo. Upcott Gill, 1899. THe study which Mr. Witchell has for years past devoted to the songs and notes of birds, and his musical training, have fitted him beyond all other ornithologists to produce a reliable popular work on the subject. To those who have read with pleasure Mr. Witchell’s most fascinating book ‘The Evolution of Bird-Song,’ the present more modest little work will be welcome; it occupies only eighty pages, but these are crowded with information. The effort to record the Nightingale’s song in musical notation is a marvel of patient effort and indomitable pluck on the part of the author. We would recommend all lovers of British birds to spend a shilling in securing this valuable addition to their libraries. MISCELLANEOUS. Parthenogenesis. By Tuomas Murnan. Ir is about two hundred years ago since Camerarius recorded the fact that female mulberries and other trees would produce fruit without pollinization, though such fruit was sterile. These obser- vations have since been abundantly confirmed. The necessity of pollen to fertile seed came to be regarded as absolute law until some fifty years ago, when the Curator at Kew, Mr. John Smith, announced that an Australian plant of which he had but one female specimen perfected its seeds. It proved to be a new Euphorbiacee, and he named it Celebogyne ilicifolia—the generic name from its supposed parthenogenetal character. The author of this paper was a student in Kew at that time, and well remembers the incredulity with which the announcement was received, that nature should seem to make a universal law in relation to method of reproduction, and yet make a striking exception in this case. Nature furnishes infinite variation, but these variations seem to be only of one general plan. It seemed more probable that, in some method unexplained, pollen had been formed, and really pollinated the embryo. It does not appear that any further observations on this plant were made at Kew, or, if made, recorded, Strasburger took up the subject again in 1878; but though my good friend Mr. George Nicholson, Curator of Kew, writes under date of April 10, 1897, that ‘‘the whole business has been threshed out by Strasburger,” the latter seems to be more concerned about Miscellaneous. 155 the cell-development than the manner of its fertilization. This is especially true of that part devoted to the castor-oil plant, Ricinus communis. In Oclebogyne he insists that the true embryo does not develop, but that the seeds proceed from adventitious buds from the wall of the ovary. One may conceive of them as bulblets, analogous to what we find in viviparous flowers ; but he does not explain how cotyledonous seeds are constructed in this way. In 1894 the author of this paper decided to make for himself careful observations on Fieinus. A number of plants were set out in a mass where he could easily watch them. Every male bud that could be observed was rubbed away before expansion. For all this an abundance of seed matured. It was found subsequently that there were other plants within a quarter of a mile. It was thought best to repeat the observations another year. The following year no plants were ncar but those under observation, and it began to look as if the plants had no use for pollen. Still there seemed doubt, and the observations were continued yearly to the end of 1897—all with the same result. Dr. Ida A. Keller, Professor of Biology in the Philadelphia Girls’ High School, an experienced microscopist, aided me considerably in the observations made, and only for the fact that in one of her acute examinations she dis- covered a pollen-tube at work on the ovarium, there would have seemed no room for doubt that pollen was unnecessary for the production of perfect seed in Licinus. It was determined to try once more. The past year (1898) only one plant was allowed to grow and only one flower-spike permitted to remain. All the others were cut away in the bud. This permitted closer examination, which was made almost daily. I noted for the first time that there were on the pedicels with the female flowers buds scarcely larger than pin-heads, and, under a strong lens, evidently antheriferous. These were carefully cut away. As the female flowers opened they all withered, unlike their fertility in former years. There seemed no doubt that pollen was essential. After half the spike had fallen away, the upper portion—say some twenty flowers—showed a disposition to permanence. ‘The pretty fringed pistils protruded and continued perfect for many days. Finally, the capsules enlarged until they had about reached the usual dimensions. Now it seemed as if the plant would produce seed without the aid of pollen. After turning brown and seemingly ripe they were found to be as empty as Camerarius’s mulberries were. While under the impression during the earlier years of these observations that Zticinus was fruiting in the absence of pollen, I was encouraged by observations seemingly confirmatory by Judge Day, of Buffalo, and Prof. Greene, of Washington, on other plants. At thesame time I had noticed that solitary female plants of Gingko biloba were fruiting abundantly in Germantown, while the only known male plant was at Woodlands, some ten miles away. Recently Japan botanists have discovered spiral coils of spermatozoids in the generative cells of Gingko, and others have observed them in Cycas revoluta. The conclusion reached by the author is that though for several 156 Miscellaneous. years he regarded the castor-oil plant, Ricinus communis, as a genuine case of parthenogenesis, the past year’s experience still leaves the matter open to doubt. If it be true that the female flowers of Cycas revoluta can generate spermatozoids in their ovaries, and thus self-fertilize the ova, the occurrence must be rare. In this vicinity old specimens of this plant are frequently seed-bearing apparently, but in every case examined by the author they were found to have only empty capsules. It seems to the author that the subject of parthenogenesis is by no means thoroughly “‘ threshed out,” and the object of this paper is to encourage continued observations.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sev. Philad. 1899, pp. 97-99. Relations of the Land-Molluscan Fauna of South America. At a meeting of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia on the 23rd May, 1899, Mr. H. A. Pilsbry spoke of the extrinsic relations of the land-molluscan fauna of South America, recounting and commenting upon the various theories advanced to account for the relations existing between the South-American, African, and Australo-Zealandic faunas. The evidence of former Austral land connecting South America with Australasia, derived from a study of the Bulimulide, the Macroogona, &c., was detailed. The speaker gave his reasons for preferring the hypothesis of a former extension of Antarctic land to that of a South-Pacific continent, as advocated by Prof. Hutton * and some others. Heclaimed that the present fauna of Southern Polynesia was not consistent with Hutton’s supposition that these islands had been submerged, and thus their fauna destroyed, on the sinking of the supposed Pacific continent entirely below the sea, the present “islands being merely outgrowths on its submerged back.” Some Polynesian groups, such as Partula, belong to very primitive, and therefore ancient, groups, unknown in any other area, and indicating great antiquity for the Polynesian archipelagos +. Neither is the present fauna of Polynesia consistent with the hypothesis that these islands are unsubmerged remnants of a Pacific continent. The enigmatic relations of the freshwater fishes, snails, and the terrestrial Streptaxide of tropical South America with the African fauna were discussed. The speaker considered the neotropical region of Wallace to be composite, the Antillean and Southern Mexican area representing a tract independent from North and South America in Mesozoic and perhaps earlier time, on which the faunal problems had been inde- pendently worked out.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad, 1899, p. 226. * See Proc. Linn, Soc. New South Wales, 1896, p. 36, for an able paper advocating Prof. Hutton’s views, an abstract of which appeared in the ‘ Annals’ for July 1896, p. 120. + Partula, like the allied Achatinella of the Hawaiian group, has a bottle-shaped lidney with direct, not reflexed, ureter, as in Limnea. These forms have no relations with the Bulimulide and Achatinida, with . which conchulogists associate them, but lie at the base of the terrestrial pulmonate tree, THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES. ] No. 21. SEPTEMBER 1899. XIV.—Key to the Isopods of the Pacific Coast of North America, with Descriptions of Twenty-two new Species. By Harriet RIcHARDSON *. THE Isopods of the Pacific coast of North America have claimed the attention of a number of naturalists during the last half of the nineteenth century. Among the first to con- tribute to the knowledge of the fauna of that region was Dana. Stimpson also belongs to the earlier part of that period ; his work on the Crustacea and Echinodermata of the Pacific shores of North America, published in 1857, was the first special treatise on the forms of that locality. In con- nexion with the work of the later part of the past fifty years, the names of Stuxberg, Lockington, and Harford form one group as contemporaneous workers (1875-76), those of Schiddte and Meinert and Budde-Lund another group (1883-85), while the publications of Dr. Hansen and Dr. Benedict represent the latest (1898) work on the Isopods of that coast. The number of species already described is 75, and 22 are added in the present paper. These species represent 44 genera and 16 families t. The author has used Dr, Benedict’s keys for the genera Synidotea and Arcturus, and is indebted to Professor Sars for * From a separate copy from the ‘Proceedings of the United States National Museum,’ vol. xxi. pp. 815-869 (1899). + [The index-list of tribes &c. is here omitted. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 12 158 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the many suggestions obtained from his excellent work on the Crustacea of Norway. In many places his synopses of the families and genera have been used in entirety. Other authors have been most helpful: Hansen on the Cirolanida ; Schiddte and Meinert on the Cymothoide ; Budde-Lund on the Oniscide ; and others, to whose works specific references are made. The present paper is based on material contained in the U.S. National Museum. Analytical Key to Tribes or Superfamilies of Pacific Coast Isopoda*. a. Legs of first pair cheliform. Uropoda terminal. Pleopoda, when distinctly developed, exclu- RIM DVM ALA COLY wy uctesi9. “aes is gistae asco lal aaa cI I. Chelifera. a'. Legs of first pair not cheliform. 6. Uropoda lateral. ce. Uropoda forming together with the terminal segment of the metasome a caudal fan. Pleopoda for the most part natatory...... II. Flabellifera. ce’. Uropoda valve-like, inflexed, arching over the pleopoda, which to a great extent are Branched 6 sas Wc pce tie wep eee hl aece III. Valvifera. 6’. Uropoda terminal. ec. Free forms. d. Pleopoda exclusively branchial, generally covered by a thin opercular plate (the MOGHeR tTSh PAIN) i". Her eletog saree IV. Asellota. d’, Pleopoda fitted for air-breathing........ V. Oniscoidea, e karasitic forms s.. cieiokrto tek. c Monee VI. Epicaridea. I. CHELIFERA. Family I. Tanaide. Body scarcely attenuated behind. Mandibles without palp. Coxal plates inconspicuous. Superior antenne with one multiarticulate flagellum. Anterior maxille with only a single masticatory lobe; posterior ones quite rudimentary. Second pair of legs ambulatory in character. Epignath of maxillipeds narrow, falciform. 1. Tawars, Audouin & Milne-Edwards. Antenne short, subequal. Pleon five-jointed; fourth joint short; fifth joint terminated by a pair of single branched filamentary uropoda. Only three pairs of pleopoda. Palp of anterior maxilla biarticulate. Eyes well developed. Supe- rior antenne three-articulate, with small terminal flagellum. * Sars’s analytic key has been used with slight modifications. Sars’s ‘An Account of the Crustacea of Norway,’ II., Isopoda (1896), pts. i., ii. p- 3. -— Pacific Coast of North America. _ 159 Analytical Key to the Species of Tanais. a. Inferior antenne scarcely half the length of superior antenne. Pereiopoda having the first three joints short and broad, affixed to sides of pereion like Pees Ol MAAN Sse cicb is ana os cid) cd He NE 1. T. loricatus, Spence Bate. a’. Inferior and superior antenne of nearly equal length. Pereiopoda with joints mon dilatad, SlendGM) «$5.4 ae welsteiaratde star 2. T. alascensts, sp. n. 1. Tanais loricatus, Spence Bate. Tanais loricatus, Spence Bate, Lord’s Naturalist in British Columbia, ii. (1866), p. 282. Hab. Esquimault Harbour, British Columbia. 2. Tanais alascensis, sp. n. Body three and a half times longer than broad. Head large, narrowed anteriorly. Fron- tal: margin almost straight. First pair of antennz short, stout, consisting of four joints, the first joint being the longest. Second pair of antenna more slender, a little longer, consisting of four joints, the first joint being longest, and a rudi- mentary flagellum. Eyes small and pedunculated. The first segment of the thorax is con- Q fluent with the head. The second, third, fourth, and fifth segments increase slightly in length; the fifth and sixth are about equal; the seventh is not quite so long as the preceding one. The abdomen is composed of five seg- ments, the first three of which are sub- equal; the fourth is short, about half as long as any of the others and also nar- rower; the terminal segment is as long as the two preceding ones together, and is rounded posteriorly, with a slight median notch. ‘The segments of the abdomen decrease in width gradually from the first f to the terminal segment. The terminal filaments are seven-jointed and_ single- branched, and are furnished at their ex- Tanaisalascensis, sp. n. tremities with a few long hairs. x 8. a, dorsal view ; The first pair of legs are stout and , ap he Joints of chelate; the propodus is produced into a “8° PoeeTree Bates 12 160 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the strong immovable finger, irregular in shape, having its central portion raised and truncate on its upper surface, whic’ is distinctly serrate. The dactylus is likewise serrate on its inner surface. The other legs are slender, with a gradual increase in stoutness. Colour brown, marked in some specimens with a darker brown, and having oval patches of the darker colour on the head. Kyska Harbour, Alaska; Mr. W. H. Dall collector; depth 6 to 8 fathoms. Type. No. 22563, U.S. N. M. I]. FLABELLIFERA. Analytical Key to the Families of Flabellifera., a. Pleon consisting of six segments. b. Uropoda with one of the branches almost obsolete or rudimentary, not lamelliform. . Il, Limnorip2. 6’. Uropoda with both branches developed ; mostly lamelliform. c.* Maxillipeds with the palp free, the mar- gins of the last two joints more or less setose, never furnished with hooks. d, Mandibles with the rather broad, more or less tridentate cutting-ed ges meeting squarely behind the large upper lip ; the secondary plate and peculiar equi- valent for the molar well developed. First maxillee having the plate of the first joint armed with three spines, that of the third with many. Second maxille of moderate size, the three free plates very setose. Maxillipeds with the palp rather broad, very setose. III. CrroLanipz, d', Mandibles with the distal part produced into a long prominent process, the pair much overlapping ; the secondary plate and molar evanescent. First maxille having the plate of the first joint unarmed, of the third carrying one very long spine. Second maxille small and feeble, the free plates almost rudimentary, with few sete. Maxilli- peds with the palp narrowed, not very BELOSE Sar. fein. Ohi hehe eee Ee IV. CoraLLanipz, c'. Maxillipeds with the palp embracing the cone formed by the distal parts of the * The four points following b' are taken from Hansen’s analytic key of the Cirolanide (Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 6th ser., natur. og math. Afd. vy. 1890, p. 317), as translated by Stebbing, Hist. of Crust. 1893, pp. 340, 341, EE Pacific Coast of North America. 161 mouth-organs, the inner upper margin and apex never setose, the apex and sometimes the inner upper margin, at : least iu the males and females without eggs, being furnished with outward curved hooks. d. Mandibles with the secondary plate very often visible; palp with no inflated joint. Maxillipeds commonly seven- ey sometimes four-jointed, the ast joint in the latter case rather short, obtuse. Antenne * long, unequal, with well-detined peduncle and fla- CUNT. 2s creer TNS esto obee ets V. Merve. d’. Mandibles with no secondary plate; the palp in adults with first joint or both first and second joints inflated. Maxillipeds always four-jointed, last joint rather long and narrow, subacute. Antenne * much reduced, without clear distinction between peduncle and Laigietel Viel Ope ae eae See ee eS ee VI. CrmorHorp 2, a’. Pleon consisting of Jess than six segments. b, Pleon with two segments. Uropoda with one branch fixed, immovable .......... VII. SPH2ROMIDS. b'. Pleon with four segments. Uropoda with both branches movable ................ VIII. Szroiip#. Family I[. Limnoriida. 2. Limnoria, Leach. 3. Limnoria lignorum {Rathke). Cymothoa lignorum, Rathke, Skrivt. af Naturh. Selsk. v. 1799, p. 101, pl. iii. fig. 14 (White). Limnoria tenebrans, Leach, Ed. Encycl. vii. 1818, p. 433 (Am. ed. p. 278); Trans. Linn. Soe. xi. 1815, p. 871; Dict. Sci. Nat. xii. 1818, p. 353; Desmarest, Consid. Crust. 1825, p. 312; Latreille, Régne Anim. iv. 1829, p. 185; Edwards, Annot. de Lamarck, v. 1838, p. 276; Hist. Nat. des Crust. iii, 1840, p. 145; Régne Anim., Crust. 1849, p. 197, pl. Ixvii. fig. 5; Gould, Invert. Mass. 1840, pp. 838-854; Verrill, Proc. Am. Assoc. 1873 (1874), p. 367. _ Limnoria lignorum, White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. 1857, p. 227, pl. xii. tig. 5; Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1860 (1861), p. 225; Bate & West- wood, Brit. Sess. Crust. ii. 1868, p. 8351; Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868 (1869), p. 288; Verrill, Am. Journ. Sci. 8rd ser., vii. 1874, pp. 138, 185; Proc. Am. Assoc. 1878 (1874), p. 871; Report U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, 1874, pt.i. p. 879 (85) ; Harger, Report U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, 1874, pt. i. P. 571 (277), pl. vi. fig. 25; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. ii. 1879, p. 161; Stebbing, Trans. Devon. Assoc. 1874, p.8; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xvii. 1876, p. 79; Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. ii. 1879 (1880), p. 282, fig. 2. * Inserted by author. 162 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the Limnoria uneinata, Heller, Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. 1866, p. 734. Limnoria lignorum, Harger, Report U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, 1878, pt.iv. pp.3873,376. (See Harger for furthersynonymy.) Limnoria californica, Hewston, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. v. 1874, p. 24 (nomen nudum). Hab. Pacific Ocean; Bering Island. Also found on east coast of North America from Florida to Halifax, on the coast of Great Britain, and in the North Sea. Specimens from San Diego, California, collected by Mr. Henry Hemphill and labelled “‘ Limnoria californica, National Museum. Hewston,” are in the Family III. Cirolanide. Analytical Key to the Genera of Cirolanide *. a. Peduncle of second antennz five-jointed. Plate of second joint of maxillipeds furnished with hooks. First and second pleopods alike, with at least inner branch submembranaceous. Uropoda with inner angle of peduncle produced ........- 0.0004 Peels a Adel |. 3. Ctrolana. a’. Peduncle of second antenne four-jointed. Plate of second joint of maxillipeds without hooks. Pleopoda with both branches submembranaceous. Uropoda with inner angle of peduncle very little produced. Superior antenne with first joint of peduncle quite short, and extended straight in front at a right angle to remaining part of the antenna ..... Meee ry WA 4. Eurydice. 3. CIROLANA, Leach, Analytical Key to the Species of Cirolana. a. Head without median process. First pair of antenne reach apex of peduncle of second pair of antenne. Terminal abdominal segment subtriangular, armed on its posterior margin with twenty-six spines. Both branches of the uropoda rounded posteriorly and irnied with spines ©. .wseeach. 2... a’. Head with long, straight, median pro- jection. First pair of antennz reach the posterior margin of the third tho- racic segment. Terminal abdominal segment rounded and crenulate on its osterior margin, and fringed with ong hairs. Inner branch of the uro- poda obliquely truncate posteriorly . . 4. C. Harfordi (Lockington). 5. C. linguifrons, sp. n. * The characters in this key on the Cirolanide are taken from Stebbing, ‘History of Crustacea ’ (1898), p, 342, Pacific Coast of North America. 163 4, Cirolana Harfordi (Lockington). Aiga Harfordi, Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. vii. 1877, pt. i. p. 46. Cirolana californica, Hansen, Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 6th ser., natur. og math. Afd. v. 1890, pp. 338, 339. Hab. Victoria, British Columbia. California: Santa Rosa Island, San Diego, Catalina Harbour, Pacific Grove, Monterey Bay ; Lower California, specimens lighter in colour. Miers * remarks upon having examined specimens of Aiga Harfordi, sent by Mr. Lockington to the British Museum and designated Jdotea Harford’ in a manuscript note of the author. He considers that the specimens belong to the genus Cirolana or a closely allied type, without further identifying them. Hansenft also states that, according to Miers, Aya Harfordi is probably a Cirolana. He had not seen Lock- ington’s description, but followed Miers regarding the syste- matic position of the species. Specimens of Aga Harfordi were sent by Mr. S.J. Holmes to the National Museum from the California Academy of Sciences, which prove to be identical with Cirolana californica, Hansen. 5. Cirolana linguifrons, sp. n. Colour yellow, marked with scattered black dots. Body elongate-ovate, about five times longer than broad, greatly convex. Fig. 2. Cirolana linguifrons. Xx 183. a, head; 5, terminal segment. Head with the frontal margin produced in a long straight process, rounded anteriorly, and somewhat dilated. Hyes large, distinct. First pair of antenne with joints of the pedunele large; flagellum of fifteen short joints extends to the posterior margin of the third thoracic segment. Second * Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, xvi. 1883, p. 19. + Hansen, Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 6th ser., natur. og math. Afd. y. 1890, pp- 338, 389; for synonymy see p. 357. 164 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the pair of antenne, with a flagellum of thirteen long joints, extend to the posterior margin of the fifth thoracic segment. The first three segments of the thorax are short; the other four segments are long. The epimera of the second, third, and fourth segments are not produced at the apex; those of the fifth, sixth, and seventh but slightly produced. All the abdominal segments conspicuous, the first five being of equal length. The terminal segment is rounded posteriorly, faintly crenulate, and fringed with long hairs. The base of this segment is raised above the other portion and has a well-defined edge with two points extending back- ward, one on either side of the median line. The uropoda extend beyond the tip of the abdomen; the inner branch is obliquely truncate ; the outer branch is more rounded; both branches are fringed with long hairs. The prehensile legs are short ; the gressorial legs are long and slender. The legs increase gradually in length from the first to the seventh pair. Two specimens, from Monterey Bay, California, collected by Mr. Heath from sandy shore at mean tide. Type. No. 22564, U.S. N. M. 4. Eurypicr, Leach. 6. EHurydice caudata, sp. n. Body elongate and narrow. In male abdomen is equal in length to thorax; in female it is shorter. Surface of body smooth. Head widely rounded in front ; its anterior margin narrowly thickened. Eyes large and round, and situated at a distance of one third the width of the head apart. First pair of an- tenn extend to the posterior margin of the head; flagellum contains five articles, the first of which is very long and those following quite short. The second pair of antenne extend as far as the posterior margin of the fourth segment of the abdomen ; the flagellum consists of twenty-five long slender joints. In the female the second pair of antenne are much shorter, reaching only to the posterior margin of the last thoracic segment; the flagellum contains about twenty joints. ‘The thoracic segments are subequal. ‘The epimera are narrow, and those of the last three or four segments acutely pointed. All the abdominal segments are visible in a dorsal view. The terminal segment is rounded at the sides and truncate at ae — aS ee Oe Pacific Coast of North America. 165 its extremity, the lateral angles being produced in a short triangular process, between which the posterior margin is distinctly denticulate and bears four spines, which are about twice as long as the lateral teeth. The uropoda are short, not reaching the extre- mity of the terminal segment, are truncate and crenulate on their posterior margins. ‘The uropoda, as well as the terminal segment, are fringed with short haus. : Eurydice caudata. Last two The legs are long and slender "yas inal pepments, (preatly and armed with many spines. enlarged. Colour light brown marked with black spots. Individuals of this species were collected at Isthmus Cove, Catalina Island, California, by the U.S. Fish Commission steamer ‘ Albatross.’ Type. No. 22565, U.S. N. M. This species resembles . Giriémaldiz, Dollfus *, more closely than it does any other species of the genus. It differs in the following characters :— 1. The greater number of joints in the flagellum of the first pair of antenna. In our species there are five joints, while in £. Grimaldi the flagellum is uniarticulate. 2. In the fewer number of joints in the flagellum of the second pair of antenne. In our species there are only twenty-five, while in 2. Grimaldi the flagellum contains thirty-two articles. 3. In the presence of four spines on the posterior margin of the terminal segment. In #. Grimaldi the posterior margin is denticulate; in our species it is denticulate and also bears four spines. Family 1V. Corallanide. 5. CORALLANA, Dana. 7. Corallana truncata, sp. n. Body elongate, about three and a half times longer than wide; colour yellow. * Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xiii, 1888, pp. 35, 86; “Sur quelques Crustacés Isopodes du Littoral des Agores,” A. Dollfus, 166 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the Head with asmall median point. Eyes large, situated but a little distance apart. First pair of antenne, with a flagel- lum of about nine articles, extend to the antero-lateral angle of the first thoracic segment. Second pair of antenne broken in specimen. a, head; 6, abdomen and last thoracic segment. First segment of the thorax is as long as the head, and about one and a half times longer than any of the other segments. Epimera of the second and third segments narrow ; those of the remaining segments very broad. The first abdominal segment is almost entirely covered by the last thoracic segment. The second, third, and fourth segments are tuberculated on their posterior margins. The fifth segment is also tuberculated, the tubercles on either side of the median line of tubercles being larger and more con- spicuous. At the base of the terminal segment are four tubercles, the two centre ones being the larger. The ter- minal segment is subtriangular with truncate apex. The posterior margin is armed with spines. The inner branch of the uropoda is truncate posteriorly and armed with spines; it is about twice as broad as the outer branch, which is lanceolate in shape. There is but one specimen, from Catalina Island, Cali- fornia; collected by Dr. J. G. Cooper. Type, No, 22566, U.S. N. M. Family V. Mgide. Analytical Key to the Genera of Aigide. a. Body rather compact. Superior antennz short, with first two peduncular joints more or less expanded. Epistome large, linguiform, projecting between the bases of inferior antenne. Maxillipeds with palp composed of five joints. Anterior pairs of legs with propodus simple, cylindrical, not expanded, dactylus abruptly curved in middle. Front separating the whole or a great part of the first article of the first pair of antennz. Flagellum of first pair of antenne composed of many articles. Abdomen compact,... 6. Aga. Pacific Coast of North America. 167 a’. Body more depressed than in ya. Superior antenne short, with basal joints not expanded. Epistome very small and narrow. Maxillipeds with palp composed of only two joints. Anterior pair of legs with propodus more or less expanded, dactylus forming a very large and evenly curved hook, Front covering more or less the peduncle of the first pair of antenne. Flagellum of first pair of antennze composed of four to six articles. Abdomen MERU caer ee eee crs oerciage eles Stese sees 7. Rocinela. 6. Auca, Leach. Analytical Key to Species of Auga. a. Eyes very small; second joint of first pair of antennz without process at its apex ; terminal abdominal segment triangular, with rounded apex ; inner branch of uro- (Dana. poda with apex faintly arcuate obliquely . 8. 4%. microphthalna, a’, Eyes almost contiguous; second joint of first pair of antennze with a process at its apex nearly as long as following joint; terminal abdominal segment with its apex arcuate-truncate ; inner branch of uropoda PB EMU oer. oon gs Sitix malsh Sonik Saito win, a 9. 4. Lecontit (Dana). 8. Aiga microphthalma, Dana. fEga micropththalma, Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. vii. 1854, p. 176; Stimpson, Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vi. 1857, p. 68. Hab, Monterey, California, 9. Aiga Lecontit (Dana). Aégacylla Lecontii, Dana, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. vii. 1854, p. 177; Stimpson, Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vi. 1857, p. 69. Hab, California. Body elongate, oval; surface smooth; colour yellow, with a few brown dots; eyes reddish brown. Head with anterior margin bisinuated, the median point separating the basal joints of the first pair of antennae and extending one third the length of these joints. Eyes large, oval, very close together at upper inner angle. First pair of antennz with basal joints very large, dilated; second joint of peduncle dilated, and with a process at its apex extending nearly the length of the third joint ; third joint very narrow, about one third the width of two preceding joints; flagellum, composed of seven joints, extends the length of the peduncle of second pair of antenne. Second pair of antenna, with a 168 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the flagellum of twelve joints, extend almost to the posterior margin of the first thoracic segment. The Jast four thoracic segments Fig. 5. are each a little longer than any of the first three. The epimera are narrow, with rounded post-lateral angles. The five abdominal segments are of equal length. The terminal seg- ment is subtriangular, with truncate extremity ; its posterior margin is crenulate and tringed with hairs. The uropoda exceed slightly the length of the abdomen. The inner branch is about twice as wide as the outer branch; is obliquely truncate and crenulate. The outer branch is narrow, rounded posteriorly, and smooth. Both branches are fringed with hairs. The legs are long and slender, Five spines are present on the merus of the prehensile legs. The gressorial legs are but slightly spinulose. Two specimens examined were collected at Monterey Bay, California, by Mr. Heath. The description of this species of ga by Dana as Aiga- cylla Lecontit was from a young specimen *. ‘The individual sent us is thought to be the adult form, and differs from Dana’s description ¢ of the young individual in the crenulated posterior margin of the terminal segments, in the truncated inner branch of the uropoda, and in the addition of two joints to the length of the flagellum of the second pair of antenne. 7. RocINnELA, Leach. Analytical Key to the Species of Rocinela. a. Flagellum of second pair of antenna with fourteen to sixteen joints. b. Propodus of prehensile legs with two to four spines. * Schiddte and Meinert regard Atgacylla, Dana, as synonymous with Afga, and remark that Dana’s specimen, by which the genus £yacylla was instituted, was a young ya. See ‘ Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift,’ xii. 1879-80, p. 3834. See also Lutken, Vid. Medd. Naturh. For. 1860, p. 180. : ihe + There are no specimens of the young in the National Museum. Pacific Coast of North America. 169 ec, First thoracic segment with antero-lateral angles produced horn-like at sides of head. Frontal margin of head pro- duced. Spots wanting on fourth and fifth abdominal segments and base of terminal SUBMENU, oi osron a hon WoO 10. R. cornuta, Richardson. ce’, First thoracic segment normal. Frontal margin of head not produced. Spots present on fourth and fifth abdominal segments and base of terminal SORANIETIL Gs ehiaiete es tse Dale ll. R. belliceps (Stimpson). b’. Propodus of prehensile legs with five OF'six spines) ei io). 52 ones 12. R. laticauda, Hansen. a’, Flagellum of second pair of antenne with ten to eleven joints. 6. Tubercles developed on all the segments of the body ........ 13. R. tuberculosa, Richardson, b'. No tubercles developed on body. Terminal segment of body orna- mented with a very wide cres- centiform band, from whose posterior border three large hasti- [nert. form stripes project backwards. 14. R. aries, Schiddte & Mei- 10. Rocinela cornuta, Richardson. Rocinela cornuta, Richardson, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xxxvii. 1898, p. 12, figs. 1, 2. Hab, Off Shumagin Bank, Alaska. 11. Rocinela belliceps (Stimpson). 4Aiga belliceps, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. xvi. 1864, 55. Boa alaskensis, Lockington, Proce. Cal. Acad. Sci. vii. 1877, pt. i. p- 46. ; Rocinela alascensis, Richardson, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, xxxvii. 1898, p- ll. Hab. Cortes Bank, California, to Alaska and Bering Sea. 12. Roctnela laticauda, Hansen. Rocinela laticauda, Hansen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxi. 1897, no. 5, pp. 108, 109; Richardson, Proc. Am. Phil, Soc. xxxvii. 1898, pp. 14, 15, figs. 5, 6. Hab. Off Acapulco ; near'Tres Marias Islands ; off Mazat- lan; off San Luis Obispo Bay, California ; off Esteros Bay, California; Puget Sound, Washington; Unimak Island, Alaska. 170 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the 13. Rocinela tuberculosa, Richardson. Rocinela tuberculosa, Richardson, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xxxvii. 1898, p. 16, fig. 10. Hab. Southern part of Gulf of California. 14. Rocinela aries, Schiddte & Meinert. Rocinela aries, Schiédte & Meinert, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, xii. 1879-80, pp. 401-4083, pl. xiii. figs. 7, 8. Hab. Mazatlan; Lower California ; Panama Bay. Family VI. Cymothoide. Analytical Key to the Genera of Cymothoide. . Head deeply immersed or set in the first thoracic seg- ment, whose antero-lateral angles project forward. b. Abdomen deeply immersed. First pair of antennz more often dilated, rarely compressed. First four or five segments of body long, subequal in length, except the first, which is a little longer; last two or three segments abruptly shorter, very often decreasing gradually in length. ‘Terminal segment of abdomen sub- triangular or semicircular, often bilobed. Body QDIOHE “laine epee ef ee AS 8. Meinertia. b’, Abdomen scarcely immersed. First pair of antenne very much compressed. Seg- ments of thorax either equal in length or the first segment abruptly longer than the others and the last segment abruptly shorter than the others. Terminal segment of the abdomen varying in size and form. Body suboyal, more or less contorted. 9. Livoneca. & Pacific Coast of North America. 171 a’. Head not at all immersed. ; b. Body relaxed. Posterior angles of first segment of body prominent or produced, very often acute ; posterior angles of the following segments in- creasing gradually in length, the first of these very often scarcely prominent, the posterior ones very often produced, abruptly longer than the first. LEpimera of the first segments very often involuted, and extending beyond the posterior angle of the segment ; posterior ones produced, acute. Sides of the first five segments of abdo- men more or less profoundly incised ......+.-: 10, Neroevla. b'. Body compact. Posterior angles of first segment of body scarcely prominent, occasionally produced, those of following five segments scarcely or not at all prominent; those of seventh segment pro- duced. Epimera of first segments very often almost reaching, or not reaching by a short distance, the posterior angle of the segment. Sides of the first segments of the abdomen whole or obscurely emarginated, of the posterior ones gradually more profoundly emarginated or in- GINEMGS foc iets hcctci as aitte searwler site aie oo step ret 11. Anilocra. 8. MEINERTIA, Stebbing*. 15. Meinertia Gaudichaudii (Milne-Edwards). Cymothoa Gaudichaudii, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 1840, p- 271. Ceratothoa rapax, Heller, Reise Novara, Crust. xii. p. 146, fig. 17. Ceratothoa Gaudichaudit, Schisdte & Meinert, Naturhistorisk Tids- skrilt, xiii, 1881-88, pp. 335-340, pl. xiii. figs. 11-16. Hab. Mazatlan. 9. LivoneEca, Leach. Analytical Key to the Species of Livoncea. a. Terminal segment obscurely carinated, and sides infolded. Caudal appen- [& Meinert. dages destitute of accessory lamelle. . 16. L. californica, Schiddte a'. Terminal segment not carinated, sides not infolded. Caudal appendages fur- nished with accessory lamellee. b. Inner branch of uropoda a little longer and wider than outer branch. Ter- minal segment sublinguate. Abdo- men deeply set in thorax ........ 17. L. vulgaris, Stimpson. b'. Inner branch of uropoda a little longer and much narrower than outer branch. Terminal segment semicircular. Abdomen less deeply [& Meinert. Gnserted in thorax | sje ven eee ems 18. L. panamensis, Schiddte Se LE Lh a as Ls oie * Hist. of Crust. 1893, p, 345. 172 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the 16. Livoneca californica, Schiédte & Meinert. Livoneca californica, Schiédte & Meinert, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, xiv. 1883-84, pp. 372-874, pl. xvi. figs. 1, 2. Hab. Shores of California, near San Francisco, 17. Livoneca vulgaris, Stimpson. Livoneca vulgaris, Stimpson, Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxii. 1857, p. 68, pl. xxi. fig. 9; Schiddte & Meinert, Naturhistorisk Tids- skrift, xiv. 1883-84, pp. 344-349, pl. xiv. figs. ], 2. Hab. Shores of California, near San Francisco, to Santa Margarita Island, Lower California. 18. Livoneca panamensis, Schiddte & Meinert. Livoneca panamensis, Schiddte & Meinert, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, xiv. 1883-84, pp. 349-358, pl. xiii. figs. 11, 12. Hab. Mazatlan ; west shores of Central America; Panama. 10. NerRociLA, Leach. 19. Nerocila californica, Schiédte & Meinert. Nerocila californica, Schisdte & Meinert, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, xiii. 1881-83, pp. 72-76, pl. v. figs. 12, 13, pl. vi. figs. 1, 2. Hab. San Diego, California ; Panama Bay. 11. AniLocrA, Leach. 20. Anilocra occidentalis, sp. n. Body two and a half times longer than broad. Head large, broader than long, one half as broad as the first thoracic segment, produced in front in a short, blunt process, whose anterior edge is roundly truncate. Eyes large, situated at a distance equal to almost half the width of the head apart. The first pair of antenne are composed of eight joints and extend to the middle of the first thoracic segment. The second pair of antenne are composed of nine joints and extend to the posterior angle of the first thoracic segment ; they are more slender than the first pair of antenne. The first thoracic segment is trisinuated on its anterior margin, and is one and a half times longer than the second thoracic segment. The other segments are subequal. The sixth and seventh segments are somewhat narrower than the fifth, and the seventh is a little narrower than the sixth. Pacific Coast of North America. 173 All the epimera are long and narrow and more or less rounde 1 posteriorly; they extend fully to the posterior angle of their corresponding segments, a character not found in any other species of the enus. The first abdominal segment is partly covered at the sides by the last thoracic segment. The first five segments are about equal in length and width. The terminal segment is slightly wider than long, equal in length to the other abdominal seg- ments taken together, is impressed at the base, and posteriorly rounded. The uropoda are longer than the last abdominal segment. Both branches are similar in shape and size; they are oar-like, with truncately rounded